英语常用标识语和提示语全集，顶级口语翻译必备资料，不可不看！
英语常用标识语和提示语1-Road and Traffic 公路和交通
Approaching end of motorway 即将驶出高速。
Avoid the jams. 避免交通堵塞。
Dangerous bend 弯道危险
Diverted traffic 交叉路口
Entry to motorway 高速入口
Left junction 左交叉口
Look left (right) 向左（右）看。
Low bridge ahead 前方桥低。
New hours of parking control 停车控制新时段
No entry 禁止驶人
No stopping at any time 任何时间不准停车
No thoroughfare 禁止通行
No trade or business vehicle unless authorized 未经允许货车禁止通行。
Pedestrian crossing ahead 注意前方人行横道。
Pedestrian crossing 人行横道
Please drive carefully 请小心驾驶。
Road closed 此路封闭
Slow， school 前方学校请慢行。
Speed limit of 48kmh 限速每小时48公里
The law requires you wear a seatbelt 法规要求系安全带。
This vehicle stops frequently 随时停车
英语常用标识语和提示语2-Car and Parking 汽车和停车
Car park front and rear.前后停车
Cars parked here without permission will be clamped 未经允许在此停车将被拖走
Guest's car park 来客停车场
Limited parking 停车位有限
No parking constantly in use 此处经常使用，禁止停车。
No parking except for loading. 除装货外，禁止停车。
No parking in front of this gate 门前禁止停车
No parking in use 24 hours a day 此处24小时使用，禁止停车。
No parking or materials in front of doors 门前不准停车或堆放杂物。
Parking for taxis only 只准许出租停。
Parking permitted 允许停车
Please do not park in front of the barrier 请不要在护拦前停车。
Please do not park. Garage in use. 车库使用，门前请不要停车。
Please ensure that you have paid and display 请确保已买票并张贴。
Rent a car and go as you please 租辆车想去哪就去哪。
Strictly no parking 严禁停车
This is a pay and display car park 此停车场自动交费并张贴票据。
VIP car park 贵宾停车场
You will be required to leave a deposit when you pick up the car.取车时需交押金。
英语常用标识语和提示语3-Bus and Coach 公共汽车和长途汽车
Bus and Coach 公共汽车和长途汽车
Bus information 公共汽车问讯处
Bus lane 公共汽车道
Bus stand 公共汽车停车处
Double deck buses 双层公共汽车
End of bus lane 公共汽车道结束
In case of fire, stay in vehicle 如遇火警，请呆在车内。
Keep your belongings with you at all times 随时照看好你的物品
The light indicates the door is not secured. 指示灯亮显示门未关好。
These seats are meant for elderly and handicapped persons & women with child. 老人，残疾人及抱小孩的妇女专座。
This coach is for holders of full fare. 本长途汽车专为持全程票者乘坐。
When the bus is moving, do not speak to the driver 汽车行使中，严禁与司机交谈。
With permission, but at owner's risk 允许存放，但后果自负。
英语常用标识语和提示语4-Tube and Train 地铁和火车
Tube and Train 地铁和火车
After 21:00 hours access to London underground station. 21:00以后，开往伦敦地铁站。
Certain stations are closed on public holidays. 假日某些车站关闭
From … to … route … 从……到……途经……
Help us to keep the tube litter free 请协助我们，保持地铁清洁卫生。
Luggage must not be put in the gateway 行李不准放到过道上。
Mind the gap 小心台阶间跨度
Not valid on certain trains. 车票对某些列车无效
Peak hours only 只限高峰时段
Please keep gateways clear 请保持过道畅通。
Please retain your ticket for inspection 请保留车票待检。
Single or return tickets only 单程或往返程票
Stand clear of the door 请不要站在门口。
The last train this evening will be the service to … 今晚最后一列火车是到……
Ticket valid until 30 June 2003. 车票有效期到2003年6月30日。
To ensure punctuality, this barrier may be closed up to one minute prior to departure of each train 为确保准时发车，此门在发车前一分钟关闭。
Toilet engaged 厕所有人
Train departure 出站列车
Tube to … 地铁开往…
英语常用标识语和提示语5-Airport 飞机场
Airport lounges 机场休息室
Airports shuttle 机场班车
Arrivals 进港
Assistance 问讯处
Check in area (zone) 办理登机区
Customers lounges 旅客休息室
Departure airport 离港时间
Departure times on reverse 返航时间
Departures 出港
Destination airport 到达机场
Domestic flights. 国内航班
Emergency exit 安全出口
Exit to all routes 各通道出口
Flight connections 转机处
Help point (desk) 问讯处
Inquiries 问讯处
Left baggage 行李寄存
Lost property 失物招领
Luggage from flights 到港行李
Luggage pick up 取行李
Luggage reclaim 取行李
Missing people help line 走失求救热线
Missing, police appeal for assistance 警察提供走失帮助。
No smoking except in designated area 除指定区域外，禁止吸烟。
Nothing (something) to declare 无（有）报关
Passport control 入境检验
Please leave your luggage with you at all times 请随身携带你的行李。
Queue here 在此排队
Reclaim belt 取行李传送带
Reserved seating 预定的座位
Return fares 往返票价
Short stay 短暂停留
Stay close 跟紧
Welcome aboard 欢迎登机
英语常用标识语和提示语6-Purchases and Sales 商品买卖
15% off with this flyer 凭此宣传品优惠15%
50% off on selected lines 部分商品降半价
Accessories & spares delivered to your door 配件送货上门。
All the range of … available. 各种……有货
As many repairs as you need, free of charge 随时免费维修
Ask at the counter for details 详情问柜台
Ask inside for details 详情里面询问
Best choice and best discounts 最佳选择，最大优惠
Big sale 大甩卖
Brighter shopping, brighter prices 明智的购物，透明的价格
Buy any two together and save 10% off both products 一次性买俩，每个优惠10％
Buy one and get anyone free 买一赠一
Buy two get one free 买二赠一
Children's wear 童装
Closing sale 关门大甩卖
Computers in stock 电脑有货
Customer care is our top priority 顾客至上
Customer services 顾客服务处
Easy to use and great value too. 好用实惠，物美价廉
Fill in your selection here and take to a pay point. 在此选购商品填单，然后到收款台付款。
Final clear out 清仓大甩卖
For more information，contact our customer service desk 详情请和顾客服务处联系。
Free delivery to your door 免费送货上门
Furniture sale now on 家具现降价销售
Half price sale 半价甩卖
Hours of opening： 营业时间
Massive stock, clear out 大量库存，清仓甩卖
Offer is subject to availability. 现货优惠，卖完为止
Open for business as usual 照常营业
Opening soon 即将开业
Opening times (hours): 营业时间:
We can provide the complete hospitality service. 我们提供热情周到的服务。
Out of hours, delivery at … 下班时，送货到……
Peace of mind from the minute you buy 买着放心
Please ask for assistance 需帮助请询问
Please check your change before leaving the checkout area 请当面点清。
Please retain this receipt as proof of your purchase and your guarantee.请保存好收据，作为交款凭证，并享受保修。
Please leave bags at the counter 请把包放到柜台
Price crash 削价
Sale 50% off original price按原价的50%销售
Sale at breakdown price 跳楼价甩卖
Sale continues in store 商品继续销价
Save up to 50% off 50％大降价
Save up to 40% 6折优惠
Save your money 贱卖
Savings and discounts all around the store 店内所有商品均削价处理
Services as usual 照常营业
Special offer 特价
50% discount on selected items 部分商品五折
Summer price cuts.夏季大削价
Thank you for your custom. 感谢您惠顾光临
Try before you buy 先试后买
We will not be beaten on price 我们的价格最低。
英语常用标识语和提示语7-Public Places 公共场所
Central heating throughout. 中央暖气全部开放
Children and senior citizens free 儿童与老人免费
Do not enter, alarm operating装有警报，禁止入内。
Do not obstruct or chain cycles to the railings 请不要把自行车靠到或锁到栏杆上。
Do not put (place) bicycles against the railings 请不要把自行车靠到栏杆上。
Do not use this lift as a means of escape in the event of fire 遇火警时，严禁使用此电梯
Dog waste only 只存放狗的粪便
Fire construction points to note 注意消防设施
Fire door, keep shut 消防门房，保持关闭
Fire escape to be clear of obstruction. 安全出口，保持通畅
Fire escape, asked to be cleared off obstruction.安全出口，请保持通畅
Fire escape, keep clear 安全出口，保持通畅
Fire exit only 仅作火警安全出口
Footpath closed. 步行路关闭
For public use 公用
Free of charge 免费
Fully air conditioned 空调全面开放
Gates in use night & day 此门昼夜使用
Gents 男厕
Lavatories 厕所
Leave by entrance door 请不要堵住门口
man's lavatory 男厕所
Men 男厕
No admittance 禁止入内
No bathing, fishing allowed in this pond 此池塘禁止游泳，垂钓
No bicycles, police will remove 禁止停放自行车，否则警察拖走。
No charge 不收费
No entry for general public 公众不得入内
No unauthorized access prohibited，未经许可，禁止入内。
No unauthorized entry未经许可，不得入内
No way out 无出口
Non-smokers only. 仅供非吸烟者
Obstruction of the door can be dangerous. 门口堵塞，危险
Open all year daily 全年每天开放
Open all year round/ Open all year 全年开放
Open daily 每天开放
Open to the public on selected days only 仅限规定的日期，对公众开放。
Opening hours: 开放/开门/营业时间:
Particulars of membership 会员优先
Pick pockets operate in this area 本区域内注意小偷
Please do not chain bicycles to these railings 请不要把自行车锁到栏杆上。
Please do not lean on these barriers 请不要靠防护栏。
Please do not leave rubbish here 请不要在此倒垃圾。
Please do not obstruct entrance 请不要堵住入口。
Please feel free to smoke in the lounge. 休息室允许吸烟
Please keep clear of the door 请保持门口畅通。
Please telephone for opening times and admission charges 打电话询问开放时间和门票价格。
Please use other doors 请走其它门
Please use yours with consideration for others. 请在你使用时，也为别人着想。
Police notice: bicycles will be removed 警察特别提示：自行车将被清走。
Private function only 只供私人使用
Public toilet 公厕
Unauthorized posters and advertisements will be persecuted 未经允许，禁止张贴广告，否则追究责任。
Under repair, do not operate 正在修理，不能使用。
Unisex toilet 男女公厕
Use of emergency alarm 用于报警
Useful numbers: 常用电话号码
Waiting room and ladies 女厕
Way out 出口
woman's lavatory 女厕所
英语常用标识语和提示语8-Office 办公室
Air quality improvement area 空气质量净化区
All visitors must report to office 来客必须到办公室登记。
All visitors please report to the gate warder 来客请到门房登记。
Anyone caught using this lift will be removed from this lift 发现用此电梯者将被清走。
Business office 商务办公室
Close the door behind you 请随手关门
Demonstration available 可以进行演示
Electrically operated gate 电动门
Floor cleaning in progress 正在清扫地板
Front entrance 前门入口
For your convenience we are open 7 days a week. 为了方便你，我们每周7天开放。
Head office 总部
Interview in progress 正在面试
Lift out of order 电梯发生故障
Lift out of use 电梯停止使用
Meeting in progress, quiet please 正在开会，请保持安静。
No food is to be consumed in this area.此处不准吃食物。
No littering 勿乱扔废弃物
No smoking in this area 此处禁止吸烟
No smoking in this lift 电梯内禁止吸烟
Office to let 办公室出租
Please close the door on leaving 离开时请关门
Please do not help yourself 不要随便拿东西。
Please do not help yourself to books from this shelf 请不要随便从架子上取书籍。
Please ensure that this door is closed top & bottom 请确保此门上下关紧。
Please keep this office tidy and use the bins provided 请保持办公室整洁，使用所提供的垃圾箱
Please wait here for enquiries请在此等候咨询。
This is a smoke free building 楼内禁止吸烟
We do not buy at this door 谢绝推销
2008年11月10日星期一
生活中最常用精彩英语口语短句子250句
1. i see． 我明白了。
2. i quit! 我不干了!
3. let go! 放手!
4. me too． 我也是。
5. my god! 天哪!
6. no way! 不行!
7. come on． 来吧(赶快)
8. hold on． 等一等。
9. i agree。 我同意。
10. not bad． 还不错。
11. not yet． 还没。
12. see you． 再见。
13. shut up! 闭嘴!
14. so long． 再见。
15. why not? 好呀! (为什么不呢?)
16. allow me． 让我来。
17. be quiet! 安静点!
18. cheer up! 振作起来!
19. good job! 做得好!
20. have fun! 玩得开心!
21. how much? 多少钱?
22. i'm full． 我饱了。
23. i'm home． 我回来了。
24. i'm lost． 我迷路了。
25. my treat． 我请客。
26. so do i． 我也一样。
27. this way。 这边请。
28. after you． 您先。
29. bless you! 祝福你!
30. follow me． 跟我来。
31. forget it! 休想! (算了!)
32. good luck! 祝好运!
33. i decline! 我拒绝!
34. i promise． 我保证。
35. of course! 当然了!
36. slow down! 慢点!
37. take care! 保重!
38. they hurt． (伤口)疼。
39. try again． 再试试。
40. watch out! 当心。
41. what's up? 有什么事吗?
42. be careful! 注意!
43. bottoms up! 干杯(见底)!
44. don't move! 不许动!
45. guess what? 猜猜看?
46. i doubt it 我怀疑。
47. i think so． 我也这么想。
48. i'm single． 我是单身贵族。
49. keep it up! 坚持下去!
50. let me see．让我想想。
51. never mind．不要紧。
52. no problem! 没问题!
53. that's all! 就这样!
54. time is up． 时间快到了。
55. what's new? 有什么新鲜事吗?
56. count me on 算上我。
57. don't worry． 别担心。
58. feel better? 好点了吗?
59. i love you! 我爱你!
60. i'm his fan。 我是他的影迷。
61. is it yours? 这是你的吗?
62. that's neat． 这很好。
63. are you sure? 你肯定吗?
64. do l have to 非做不可吗?
65. he is my age． 他和我同岁。
66. here you are． 给你。
67. no one knows . 没有人知道。
68. take it easy． 别紧张。
69. what a pity! 太遗憾了!
70. any thing else? 还要别的吗?
71. to be careful! 一定要小心!
72. do me a favor? 帮个忙，好吗?
73. help yourself． 别客气。
74. i'm on a diet． 我在节食。
75. keep in touch． 保持联络。
76. time is money． 时间就是金钱。
77. who's calling? 是哪一位?
78. you did right． 你做得对。
79. you set me up! 你出卖我!
80. can i help you? 我能帮你吗?
81. enjoy yourself! 祝你玩得开心!
82. excuse me，sir． 先生，对不起。
83. give me a hand! 帮帮我!
84. how's it going? 怎么样?
85. i have no idea． 我没有头绪。
86. i just made it! 我做到了!
87. i'll see to it 我会留意的。
88. i'm in a hurry! 我在赶时间!
89. it's her field． 这是她的本行。
90. it's up to you． 由你决定。
91. just wonderful! 简直太棒了!
92. what about you? 你呢?
93. you owe me one．你欠我一个人情。
94. you're welcome． 不客气。
95. any day will do． 哪一天都行夕
96. are you kidding? 你在开玩笑吧!
97. congratulations! 祝贺你!
98. t can't help it. 我情不自禁。
99. i don't mean it. 我不是故意的。
100. i'll fix you up． 我会帮你打点的。
101. it sounds great!． 听起来很不错。
102. it's a fine day。 今天是个好天。
103. so far，so good． 目前还不错。
104. what time is it? 几点了?
105. you can make it! 你能做到!
106. control yourself! 克制一下!
107. he came by train． 他乘火车来。
108. he is ill in bed． 他卧病在床。
109. he lacks courage． 他缺乏勇气。
110. how's everything? 一切还好吧?
111. i have no choice． 我别无选择。
112. i like ice-cream． 我喜欢吃冰淇淋。
113. i love this game． 我钟爱这项运动。
114. i'll try my best． 我尽力而为。
115. i'm on your side． 我全力支持你。
116. long time no see! 好久不见!
117. no pain，no gain． 不劳无获。
118. well，it depends 噢，这得看情况。
119. we're all for it． 我们全都同意。
120. what a good deal! 真便宜!
121. what should i do? 我该怎么办？
122. you asked for it! 你自讨苦吃!
123. you have my word． 我保证。
124. believe it or not! 信不信由你!
125. don't count on me．别指望我。
126. don't fall for it! 别上当!
127. don't let me down． 别让我失望。
128. easy come easy go． 来得容易，去得快。
129. i beg your pardon． 请你原谅。
130. i beg your pardon? 请您再说一遍(我没有听清)。
131. i'll be back soon． 我马上回来。
132. i'll check it out． 我去查查看。
133. it’s a long story． 说来话长。
134. it’s sunday today． 今天是星期天。
135. just wait and see! 等着瞧!
136. make up your mind． 做个决定吧。
137. that's all i need． 我就要这些。
138. the view is great． 景色多么漂亮!
139. the wall has ears． 隔墙有耳。
140. there comes a bus． 汽车来了。
141. what day is today? 今天星期几?
142. what do you think? 你怎么认为？
143. who told you that? 谁告诉你的?
144. who's kicking off? 现在是谁在开球?
145. yes，i suppose so． 是的，我也这么认为。
146. you can't miss it 你一定能找到的。
147. any messages for me? 有我的留言吗?
148. don't be so modest． 别谦虚了。
149. don't give me that! 少来这套!
150. he is a smart boy． 他是个小机灵鬼。
151. he is just a child． 他只是个孩子。
152. i can't follow you． 我不懂你说的。
153. i felt sort of ill. 我感觉有点不适。
154. i have a good idea! 我有一个好主意。
155. it is growing cool． 天气渐渐凉爽起来。
156. it seems all right． 看来这没问题。
157. it's going too far． 太离谱了。
158. may i use your pen? 我可以用你的笔吗?
159. she had a bad cold． 她患了重感冒。
160. that's a good idea． 这个主意真不错。
161. the answer is zero． 白忙了。
162. what does she like? 她喜欢什么?
163. as soon as possible! 越快越好!
164. he can hardly speak． 他几乎说不出话来。
165. he always talks big． 他总是吹牛。
166. he won an election． 他在选举中获胜。
167. i am a football fan． 我是个足球迷。
168. if only i could fly． 要是我能飞就好了。
169. i'll be right there． 我马上就到。
170. i'll see you at six． 我六点钟见你。
171. is it true or false? 这是对的还是错的?
172. just read it for me． 就读给我听好了。
173. knowledge is power． 知识就是力量。
174. move out of my way! 让开!
175. time is running out． 没时间了。
176. we are good friends． 我们是好朋友。
177. what's your trouble? 你哪儿不舒服?
178. you did fairly well! 你干得相当不错1
179. clothes make the man． 人要衣装。
180. did you miss the bus? 你错过公共汽车了?
181. don't lose your head。 不要惊慌失措。
182. he can't take a joke． 他开不得玩笑。
183. he owes my uncle $100．他欠我叔叔100美元。
184. how are things going? 事情进展得怎样?
185. how are you recently? 最近怎么样?
186. i know all about it． 我知道有关它的一切。
187. it really takes time． 这样太耽误时间了。
188. it's against the law． 这是违法的。
189. love me，love my dog． (谚语)爱屋及乌。
190. my mouth is watering． 我要流口水了。
191. speak louder，please． 说话请大声点儿。
192. this boy has no job． 这个男孩没有工作。
193. this house is my own． 这所房子是我自己的。
194. what happened to you? 你怎么了?
195. you are just in time. 你来得正是时候。
196. you need to workout． 你需要去运动锻炼一下。
197. your hand feels cold． 你的手摸起来很冷。。
198. don't be so childish. 别这么孩子气。
199. don't trust to chance! 不要碰运气。
200. fasten your seat belt． 系好你的安全带。
201. he has a large income. 他有很高的收入。
202. he looks very healthy． 他看来很健康。
203. he paused for a reply． 他停下来等着?回答。
204. he repaired his house． 他修理了他的房子。
205. he suggested a picnic. 他建议搞一次野餐。
206. here's a gift for you． 这里有个礼物送给你。
207. how much does it cost? 多少钱?
208. i caught the last bus. 我赶上了最后一班车。
209. i could hardly speak． 我简直说不出话来。
210. i'll have to try that． 我得试试这么做。
211. i'm very proud of you． 我为你感到非常骄傲。
212. it doesn't make sense. 这没有意义(不合常理)。
213. make yourself at home． 请不要拘礼。
214. my car needs washing． 我的车需要洗一洗。
215. none of your business! 与你无关!
216. not a sound was heard. 一点声音也没有。
217. that's always the case． 习以为常了。
218. the road divides here. 这条路在这里分岔。
219. those are watermelons． 那些是西瓜。
220. what a nice day it is! 今天天气真好!
221. what's wrong with you? 你哪里不对劲?
222. you are a chicken． 你是个胆小鬼。
223. a lovely day，isn't it? 好天气，是吗?
224. he is collecting money． 他在筹集资金。
225. he was born in new york． 他出生在纽约。
226. he was not a bit tired． 他一点也不累。
227. i will be more careful． 我会小心一些的，
228. i will never forget it． 我会记着的。
229. it is just what i need． 这正是我所需要的。
230. it rather surprised me． 那事使我颇感惊讶。
231. just around the comer． 就在附近。
232. just for entertainment． 只是为了消遣一下。
233. let bygones be bygones． 过去的，就让它过去吧。
234. mother doesn't make up． 妈妈不化妆。
235. oh，you are kidding me． 哦，你别拿我开玩笑了。
236. she has been to school. 她上学去了。
237. skating is interesting． 滑冰很有趣。
238. supper is ready at six． 晚餐六点钟就好了。
239. that's a terrific idea! 真是好主意!
240. what horrible weather! 这鬼天气!
241. which would you prefer? 你要选哪个?
242. does she like ice-cream? 她喜欢吃冰淇淋吗?
243. first come first served． 先到先得。
244. great minds think alike． 英雄所见略同。
245. he has a sense of humor． 他有幽默感。
246. he is acting an old man． 他正扮演一个老人。
247. he is looking for a job． 他正在找工作。
248. he doesn't care about me． 他并不在乎我。
249. i develop films myself． 我自己冲洗照片。
250. i felt no regret for it．对这件事我不觉得后悔。
2. i quit! 我不干了!
3. let go! 放手!
4. me too． 我也是。
5. my god! 天哪!
6. no way! 不行!
7. come on． 来吧(赶快)
8. hold on． 等一等。
9. i agree。 我同意。
10. not bad． 还不错。
11. not yet． 还没。
12. see you． 再见。
13. shut up! 闭嘴!
14. so long． 再见。
15. why not? 好呀! (为什么不呢?)
16. allow me． 让我来。
17. be quiet! 安静点!
18. cheer up! 振作起来!
19. good job! 做得好!
20. have fun! 玩得开心!
21. how much? 多少钱?
22. i'm full． 我饱了。
23. i'm home． 我回来了。
24. i'm lost． 我迷路了。
25. my treat． 我请客。
26. so do i． 我也一样。
27. this way。 这边请。
28. after you． 您先。
29. bless you! 祝福你!
30. follow me． 跟我来。
31. forget it! 休想! (算了!)
32. good luck! 祝好运!
33. i decline! 我拒绝!
34. i promise． 我保证。
35. of course! 当然了!
36. slow down! 慢点!
37. take care! 保重!
38. they hurt． (伤口)疼。
39. try again． 再试试。
40. watch out! 当心。
41. what's up? 有什么事吗?
42. be careful! 注意!
43. bottoms up! 干杯(见底)!
44. don't move! 不许动!
45. guess what? 猜猜看?
46. i doubt it 我怀疑。
47. i think so． 我也这么想。
48. i'm single． 我是单身贵族。
49. keep it up! 坚持下去!
50. let me see．让我想想。
51. never mind．不要紧。
52. no problem! 没问题!
53. that's all! 就这样!
54. time is up． 时间快到了。
55. what's new? 有什么新鲜事吗?
56. count me on 算上我。
57. don't worry． 别担心。
58. feel better? 好点了吗?
59. i love you! 我爱你!
60. i'm his fan。 我是他的影迷。
61. is it yours? 这是你的吗?
62. that's neat． 这很好。
63. are you sure? 你肯定吗?
64. do l have to 非做不可吗?
65. he is my age． 他和我同岁。
66. here you are． 给你。
67. no one knows . 没有人知道。
68. take it easy． 别紧张。
69. what a pity! 太遗憾了!
70. any thing else? 还要别的吗?
71. to be careful! 一定要小心!
72. do me a favor? 帮个忙，好吗?
73. help yourself． 别客气。
74. i'm on a diet． 我在节食。
75. keep in touch． 保持联络。
76. time is money． 时间就是金钱。
77. who's calling? 是哪一位?
78. you did right． 你做得对。
79. you set me up! 你出卖我!
80. can i help you? 我能帮你吗?
81. enjoy yourself! 祝你玩得开心!
82. excuse me，sir． 先生，对不起。
83. give me a hand! 帮帮我!
84. how's it going? 怎么样?
85. i have no idea． 我没有头绪。
86. i just made it! 我做到了!
87. i'll see to it 我会留意的。
88. i'm in a hurry! 我在赶时间!
89. it's her field． 这是她的本行。
90. it's up to you． 由你决定。
91. just wonderful! 简直太棒了!
92. what about you? 你呢?
93. you owe me one．你欠我一个人情。
94. you're welcome． 不客气。
95. any day will do． 哪一天都行夕
96. are you kidding? 你在开玩笑吧!
97. congratulations! 祝贺你!
98. t can't help it. 我情不自禁。
99. i don't mean it. 我不是故意的。
100. i'll fix you up． 我会帮你打点的。
101. it sounds great!． 听起来很不错。
102. it's a fine day。 今天是个好天。
103. so far，so good． 目前还不错。
104. what time is it? 几点了?
105. you can make it! 你能做到!
106. control yourself! 克制一下!
107. he came by train． 他乘火车来。
108. he is ill in bed． 他卧病在床。
109. he lacks courage． 他缺乏勇气。
110. how's everything? 一切还好吧?
111. i have no choice． 我别无选择。
112. i like ice-cream． 我喜欢吃冰淇淋。
113. i love this game． 我钟爱这项运动。
114. i'll try my best． 我尽力而为。
115. i'm on your side． 我全力支持你。
116. long time no see! 好久不见!
117. no pain，no gain． 不劳无获。
118. well，it depends 噢，这得看情况。
119. we're all for it． 我们全都同意。
120. what a good deal! 真便宜!
121. what should i do? 我该怎么办？
122. you asked for it! 你自讨苦吃!
123. you have my word． 我保证。
124. believe it or not! 信不信由你!
125. don't count on me．别指望我。
126. don't fall for it! 别上当!
127. don't let me down． 别让我失望。
128. easy come easy go． 来得容易，去得快。
129. i beg your pardon． 请你原谅。
130. i beg your pardon? 请您再说一遍(我没有听清)。
131. i'll be back soon． 我马上回来。
132. i'll check it out． 我去查查看。
133. it’s a long story． 说来话长。
134. it’s sunday today． 今天是星期天。
135. just wait and see! 等着瞧!
136. make up your mind． 做个决定吧。
137. that's all i need． 我就要这些。
138. the view is great． 景色多么漂亮!
139. the wall has ears． 隔墙有耳。
140. there comes a bus． 汽车来了。
141. what day is today? 今天星期几?
142. what do you think? 你怎么认为？
143. who told you that? 谁告诉你的?
144. who's kicking off? 现在是谁在开球?
145. yes，i suppose so． 是的，我也这么认为。
146. you can't miss it 你一定能找到的。
147. any messages for me? 有我的留言吗?
148. don't be so modest． 别谦虚了。
149. don't give me that! 少来这套!
150. he is a smart boy． 他是个小机灵鬼。
151. he is just a child． 他只是个孩子。
152. i can't follow you． 我不懂你说的。
153. i felt sort of ill. 我感觉有点不适。
154. i have a good idea! 我有一个好主意。
155. it is growing cool． 天气渐渐凉爽起来。
156. it seems all right． 看来这没问题。
157. it's going too far． 太离谱了。
158. may i use your pen? 我可以用你的笔吗?
159. she had a bad cold． 她患了重感冒。
160. that's a good idea． 这个主意真不错。
161. the answer is zero． 白忙了。
162. what does she like? 她喜欢什么?
163. as soon as possible! 越快越好!
164. he can hardly speak． 他几乎说不出话来。
165. he always talks big． 他总是吹牛。
166. he won an election． 他在选举中获胜。
167. i am a football fan． 我是个足球迷。
168. if only i could fly． 要是我能飞就好了。
169. i'll be right there． 我马上就到。
170. i'll see you at six． 我六点钟见你。
171. is it true or false? 这是对的还是错的?
172. just read it for me． 就读给我听好了。
173. knowledge is power． 知识就是力量。
174. move out of my way! 让开!
175. time is running out． 没时间了。
176. we are good friends． 我们是好朋友。
177. what's your trouble? 你哪儿不舒服?
178. you did fairly well! 你干得相当不错1
179. clothes make the man． 人要衣装。
180. did you miss the bus? 你错过公共汽车了?
181. don't lose your head。 不要惊慌失措。
182. he can't take a joke． 他开不得玩笑。
183. he owes my uncle $100．他欠我叔叔100美元。
184. how are things going? 事情进展得怎样?
185. how are you recently? 最近怎么样?
186. i know all about it． 我知道有关它的一切。
187. it really takes time． 这样太耽误时间了。
188. it's against the law． 这是违法的。
189. love me，love my dog． (谚语)爱屋及乌。
190. my mouth is watering． 我要流口水了。
191. speak louder，please． 说话请大声点儿。
192. this boy has no job． 这个男孩没有工作。
193. this house is my own． 这所房子是我自己的。
194. what happened to you? 你怎么了?
195. you are just in time. 你来得正是时候。
196. you need to workout． 你需要去运动锻炼一下。
197. your hand feels cold． 你的手摸起来很冷。。
198. don't be so childish. 别这么孩子气。
199. don't trust to chance! 不要碰运气。
200. fasten your seat belt． 系好你的安全带。
201. he has a large income. 他有很高的收入。
202. he looks very healthy． 他看来很健康。
203. he paused for a reply． 他停下来等着?回答。
204. he repaired his house． 他修理了他的房子。
205. he suggested a picnic. 他建议搞一次野餐。
206. here's a gift for you． 这里有个礼物送给你。
207. how much does it cost? 多少钱?
208. i caught the last bus. 我赶上了最后一班车。
209. i could hardly speak． 我简直说不出话来。
210. i'll have to try that． 我得试试这么做。
211. i'm very proud of you． 我为你感到非常骄傲。
212. it doesn't make sense. 这没有意义(不合常理)。
213. make yourself at home． 请不要拘礼。
214. my car needs washing． 我的车需要洗一洗。
215. none of your business! 与你无关!
216. not a sound was heard. 一点声音也没有。
217. that's always the case． 习以为常了。
218. the road divides here. 这条路在这里分岔。
219. those are watermelons． 那些是西瓜。
220. what a nice day it is! 今天天气真好!
221. what's wrong with you? 你哪里不对劲?
222. you are a chicken． 你是个胆小鬼。
223. a lovely day，isn't it? 好天气，是吗?
224. he is collecting money． 他在筹集资金。
225. he was born in new york． 他出生在纽约。
226. he was not a bit tired． 他一点也不累。
227. i will be more careful． 我会小心一些的，
228. i will never forget it． 我会记着的。
229. it is just what i need． 这正是我所需要的。
230. it rather surprised me． 那事使我颇感惊讶。
231. just around the comer． 就在附近。
232. just for entertainment． 只是为了消遣一下。
233. let bygones be bygones． 过去的，就让它过去吧。
234. mother doesn't make up． 妈妈不化妆。
235. oh，you are kidding me． 哦，你别拿我开玩笑了。
236. she has been to school. 她上学去了。
237. skating is interesting． 滑冰很有趣。
238. supper is ready at six． 晚餐六点钟就好了。
239. that's a terrific idea! 真是好主意!
240. what horrible weather! 这鬼天气!
241. which would you prefer? 你要选哪个?
242. does she like ice-cream? 她喜欢吃冰淇淋吗?
243. first come first served． 先到先得。
244. great minds think alike． 英雄所见略同。
245. he has a sense of humor． 他有幽默感。
246. he is acting an old man． 他正扮演一个老人。
247. he is looking for a job． 他正在找工作。
248. he doesn't care about me． 他并不在乎我。
249. i develop films myself． 我自己冲洗照片。
250. i felt no regret for it．对这件事我不觉得后悔。
求职面试中可能用到的实用英语
每个人都希望找一份满意的工作, 面试中面对外国老板连珠炮似的提问, 有没有觉得心慌意乱、无所适从？求职过程中面试尤为重要，回答问题，如果能简明扼要，真诚中肯，合乎老外口味，那么录取机会必定大大增加。当然，有的问题，也要轻描淡写，以免言多必失。本篇摘录了若干面试中出现频率较高的问题及精彩回答，希望能在您求职路上助您一臂之力。
Q： Can you sell yourself in two minutes？ Go for it. （你能在两分钟內自我推荐吗？大胆试试吧！）
A： With my qualifications and experience, I feel I am hardworking,responsible and diligent in any project I undertake. Your organization could enefit from my nalytical and interpersonal skills.(依我的资格和经验，我觉得我对所从事的每一个项目都很努力、负责、勤勉。我的分析能力和与人相处的技巧，对贵单位必有价值。)
Q：Give me a summary of your current job description. (对你目前的工作，能否做个概括的说明。)
A：I have been working as a computer programmer for five years. To be
specific, I do system analysis, trouble shooting and provide software
support. (我干了五年的电脑程序员。具体地说，我做系统分析，解决问题以及软件供
应方面的支持。）
Q：Why did you leave your last job？(你为什么离职呢？)
A： Well, I am hoping to get an offer of a better position. If opportunity
knocks, I will take it.（我希望能获得一份更好的工作，如果机会来临，我会抓
住。）
A：I feel I have reached the "glass ceiling" in my current job. / I feel
there is no opportunity for advancement. （我觉得目前的工作，已经达到顶峰，
即沒有升迁机会。)
Q：How do you rate yourself as a professional？(你如何评估自己是位专业人员呢
？)
A： With my strong academic background, I am capable and competent. (凭借我
良好的学术背景，我可以胜任自己的工作，而且我认为自己很有竞争力。）
A：With my teaching experience, I am confident that I can relate to students
very well. (依我的教学经验，我相信能与学生相处的很好。)
Q： What contribution did you make to your current (previous) organization？
(你对目前/从前的工作单位有何贡献？)
A： I have finished three new projects, and I am sure I can apply my
experience to this position. (我已经完成三个新项目，我相信我能将我的经验用在
这份工作上。)
Q：What do you think you are worth to us？(你怎么认为你对我们有价值呢？)
A：I feel I can make some positive contributions to your company in the
future. (我觉得我对贵公司能做些积极性的贡献。)
Q：What make you think you would be a success in this position？ (你如何知道
你能胜任这份工作？）
A：My graduate school training combined with my internship should qualify me
for this particular job. I am sure I will be successful. (我在研究所的训练，
加上实习工作，使我适合这份工作。我相信我能成功。)
Q：Are you a multi-tasked individual？(你是一位可以同时承担数项工作的人吗？)
or
Do you work well under stress or pressure？(你能承受工作上的压力吗?)
A：Yes, I think so.
A：The trait is needed in my current（or previous) position and I know I can
handle it well. (这种特点就是我目前（先前）工作所需要的，我知道我能应付自
如。)
Q：What is your strongest trait(s)？(你个性上最大的特点是什么？)
A：Helpfulness and caring.（乐于助人和关心他人。）
A：Adaptability and sense of humor.（适应能力和幽默感。）
A：Cheerfulness and friendliness.（乐观和友爱。）
Q： How would your friends or colleagues describe you？（你的朋友或同事怎样
形容你？）
A： (pause a few seconds) (稍等几秒钟再答，表示慎重考虑。)
They say Mr. Chen is an honest, hardworking and responsible man who deeply
cares for his family and friends. (他们说陈先生是位诚实、工作努力，负责任的
人，他对家庭和朋友都很关心。)
A：They say Mr. Chen is a friendly, sensitive, caring and determined person.
(他们说陈先生是位很友好、敏感、关心他人和有决心的人。)
Q：What personality traits do you admire？(你欣赏哪种性格的人？)
A： (I admire a person who is）honest, flexible and easy-going. (诚实、不死
板而且容易相处的人。)
A： (I like) people who possess the "can do" spirit. (有"实际行动"的人。)
Q：What leadership qualities did you develop as an administrative personnel
？(作为行政人员，你有什么样的领导才能？)
A：I feel that learning how to motivate people and to work together as a
team will be the major goal of my leadership. (我觉得学习如何把人们的积极性
调动起来，以及如何配合协同的团队精神，是我行政工作的主要目标。)
A：I have refined my management style by using an open-door policy. (我以开
放式的政策，改进我的行政管理方式。)
Q：How do you normally handle criticism？(你通常如何处理別人的批评？)
A：Silence is golden. Just don't say anything; otherwise the situation could
become worse. I do, however, accept constructive criticism. (沈默是金。不必
说什么，否则情况更糟，不过我会接受建设性的批评。)
A：When we cool off, we will discuss it later. (我会等大家冷靜下来再讨论。)
Q： What do you find frustrating in a work situation？(在工作中，什么事令你
不高兴？)
A： Sometimes, the narrow-minded people make me frustrated. (胸襟狭窄的人，
有时使我泄气。)
A：Minds that are not receptive to new ideas. (不能接受新思想的那些取。)
Q：How do you handle your conflict with your colleagues in your work? (你如
何处理与同事在工作中的意见不和？)
A：I will try to present my ideas in a more clear and civilized manner in
order to get my points across. (我要以更清楚文明的方式，提出我的看法，使对方
了解我的观点。)
Q：How do you handle your failure？(你怎样对待自己的失敗？)
A： None of us was born "perfect". I am sure I will be given a second chance
to correct my mistake. （我们大家生来都不是十全十美的，我相信我有第二个机会
改正我的错误。)
Q：What provide you with a sense of accomplishment. （什么会让你有成就感？）
A：Doing my best job for your company. (为贵公司竭力效劳。)
A：Finishing a project to the best of my ability. (尽我所能，完成一个项目。)
Q：If you had a lot of money to donate, where would you donate it to？Why？
(假如你有很多钱可以捐赠，你会捐给什么单位？为什么？)
A：I would donate it to the medical research because I want to do something
to help others. (我会捐给医药研究，因为我要为他人做点事。)
A：I prefer to donate it to educational institutions. (我乐意捐给教育机构。)
Q：What is most important in your life right now？(眼下你生活中最重要的是什
么？)
A：To get a job in my field is most important to me. (对我来说，能在这个领域
找到工作是最重要的。)
A：To secure employment hopefully with your company. (希望能在贵公司任职对我
来说最重要。)
Q：What current issues concern you the most？(目前什么事是你最关心的？)
A：The general state of our economy and the impact of China' entry to WTO on
our industry. (目前中国经济的总体情況以及中国入世对我们行业的影响。)
Q： How long would you like to stay with this company？(你会在本公司服务多久
呢？)
A： I will stay as long as I can continue to learn and to grow in my field.
(只要我能在我的行业力继续学习和长进，我就会留在这里。)
Q：Could you project what you would like to be doing five years from now？
(你能预料五年后你会做什么吗？)
A：As I have some administrative experience in my last job, I may use my
organizational and planning skills in the future.
(我在上一个工作中积累了一些行政经验，我将来也许要运用我组织和计划上的经验和
技巧。)
A：I hope to demonstrate my ability and talents in my field adequately. (我
希望能充分展示我在这个行业的能力和智慧。)
A：Perhaps, an opportunity at a management position would be exciting.（也许
有机会，我将会从事管理工作。）
如果不愿正面回答，也可以说：
It would be premature for me to predict this. （现在对此问题的预测，尚嫌过
早。）
甚至还可以打趣的说：
Hypothetically speaking, I might be able to do your current job as a
director.（或 CEO 或 president）((说不定，我也能做你现在主任的工作呢！)
Q： What range of pay-scale are you interested in？(你喜欢那一种薪水层次标准
？)
A： Money is important, but the responsibility that goes along with this job
is what interests me the most. (薪水固然重要，但这工作伴随而来的责任更吸引
我。)
A： 假如你有家眷，可以说：
To be frank and open with you, I like this job, but I have a family to
support. (坦白地说，我喜欢这份工作，不过我必须要负担我的家庭。)
Other Tips (其它建议)
Know something about the organization you are applying to. (了解一些你申请工
作单位的情况)
Dress properly. Don't shake hand with the interviewer until he/she extends
his/her hand. (穿着要得体，人家伸手时才握手。)
Don't sit down until invited to do so by the interviewer. (人家未请，先別坐
下。)
Make eye-contact with the interviewer during the interview. (面试时，眼睛要
看着对方。)
Listen actively and stay calm. (注意听，保持冷静。)
If invited to a meal, be especially careful about your table manners. (被邀
吃饭时，要特別注意餐桌礼节。)
Don't talk with your mouth full. (嘴里有食物，不可开口说话)
Don't make much noise while you eat. (吃东西不要出声音)
Don't blow your nose or use the toothpick at table. (不要拧鼻涕或用牙签剔牙)
Don't appear to be pushy or overly anxious to get a job.（不必过分表现急着要
工作）
Be honest
but not too modest.（要诚实，但不必太谦虚)
Don't put yourself down or cut yourself up. (不可妄自菲薄或自贬)
Try to avoid discussing politics or religion with your interviewer. (避免与
面试人谈政治或宗教)
Q： Can you sell yourself in two minutes？ Go for it. （你能在两分钟內自我推荐吗？大胆试试吧！）
A： With my qualifications and experience, I feel I am hardworking,responsible and diligent in any project I undertake. Your organization could enefit from my nalytical and interpersonal skills.(依我的资格和经验，我觉得我对所从事的每一个项目都很努力、负责、勤勉。我的分析能力和与人相处的技巧，对贵单位必有价值。)
Q：Give me a summary of your current job description. (对你目前的工作，能否做个概括的说明。)
A：I have been working as a computer programmer for five years. To be
specific, I do system analysis, trouble shooting and provide software
support. (我干了五年的电脑程序员。具体地说，我做系统分析，解决问题以及软件供
应方面的支持。）
Q：Why did you leave your last job？(你为什么离职呢？)
A： Well, I am hoping to get an offer of a better position. If opportunity
knocks, I will take it.（我希望能获得一份更好的工作，如果机会来临，我会抓
住。）
A：I feel I have reached the "glass ceiling" in my current job. / I feel
there is no opportunity for advancement. （我觉得目前的工作，已经达到顶峰，
即沒有升迁机会。)
Q：How do you rate yourself as a professional？(你如何评估自己是位专业人员呢
？)
A： With my strong academic background, I am capable and competent. (凭借我
良好的学术背景，我可以胜任自己的工作，而且我认为自己很有竞争力。）
A：With my teaching experience, I am confident that I can relate to students
very well. (依我的教学经验，我相信能与学生相处的很好。)
Q： What contribution did you make to your current (previous) organization？
(你对目前/从前的工作单位有何贡献？)
A： I have finished three new projects, and I am sure I can apply my
experience to this position. (我已经完成三个新项目，我相信我能将我的经验用在
这份工作上。)
Q：What do you think you are worth to us？(你怎么认为你对我们有价值呢？)
A：I feel I can make some positive contributions to your company in the
future. (我觉得我对贵公司能做些积极性的贡献。)
Q：What make you think you would be a success in this position？ (你如何知道
你能胜任这份工作？）
A：My graduate school training combined with my internship should qualify me
for this particular job. I am sure I will be successful. (我在研究所的训练，
加上实习工作，使我适合这份工作。我相信我能成功。)
Q：Are you a multi-tasked individual？(你是一位可以同时承担数项工作的人吗？)
or
Do you work well under stress or pressure？(你能承受工作上的压力吗?)
A：Yes, I think so.
A：The trait is needed in my current（or previous) position and I know I can
handle it well. (这种特点就是我目前（先前）工作所需要的，我知道我能应付自
如。)
Q：What is your strongest trait(s)？(你个性上最大的特点是什么？)
A：Helpfulness and caring.（乐于助人和关心他人。）
A：Adaptability and sense of humor.（适应能力和幽默感。）
A：Cheerfulness and friendliness.（乐观和友爱。）
Q： How would your friends or colleagues describe you？（你的朋友或同事怎样
形容你？）
A： (pause a few seconds) (稍等几秒钟再答，表示慎重考虑。)
They say Mr. Chen is an honest, hardworking and responsible man who deeply
cares for his family and friends. (他们说陈先生是位诚实、工作努力，负责任的
人，他对家庭和朋友都很关心。)
A：They say Mr. Chen is a friendly, sensitive, caring and determined person.
(他们说陈先生是位很友好、敏感、关心他人和有决心的人。)
Q：What personality traits do you admire？(你欣赏哪种性格的人？)
A： (I admire a person who is）honest, flexible and easy-going. (诚实、不死
板而且容易相处的人。)
A： (I like) people who possess the "can do" spirit. (有"实际行动"的人。)
Q：What leadership qualities did you develop as an administrative personnel
？(作为行政人员，你有什么样的领导才能？)
A：I feel that learning how to motivate people and to work together as a
team will be the major goal of my leadership. (我觉得学习如何把人们的积极性
调动起来，以及如何配合协同的团队精神，是我行政工作的主要目标。)
A：I have refined my management style by using an open-door policy. (我以开
放式的政策，改进我的行政管理方式。)
Q：How do you normally handle criticism？(你通常如何处理別人的批评？)
A：Silence is golden. Just don't say anything; otherwise the situation could
become worse. I do, however, accept constructive criticism. (沈默是金。不必
说什么，否则情况更糟，不过我会接受建设性的批评。)
A：When we cool off, we will discuss it later. (我会等大家冷靜下来再讨论。)
Q： What do you find frustrating in a work situation？(在工作中，什么事令你
不高兴？)
A： Sometimes, the narrow-minded people make me frustrated. (胸襟狭窄的人，
有时使我泄气。)
A：Minds that are not receptive to new ideas. (不能接受新思想的那些取。)
Q：How do you handle your conflict with your colleagues in your work? (你如
何处理与同事在工作中的意见不和？)
A：I will try to present my ideas in a more clear and civilized manner in
order to get my points across. (我要以更清楚文明的方式，提出我的看法，使对方
了解我的观点。)
Q：How do you handle your failure？(你怎样对待自己的失敗？)
A： None of us was born "perfect". I am sure I will be given a second chance
to correct my mistake. （我们大家生来都不是十全十美的，我相信我有第二个机会
改正我的错误。)
Q：What provide you with a sense of accomplishment. （什么会让你有成就感？）
A：Doing my best job for your company. (为贵公司竭力效劳。)
A：Finishing a project to the best of my ability. (尽我所能，完成一个项目。)
Q：If you had a lot of money to donate, where would you donate it to？Why？
(假如你有很多钱可以捐赠，你会捐给什么单位？为什么？)
A：I would donate it to the medical research because I want to do something
to help others. (我会捐给医药研究，因为我要为他人做点事。)
A：I prefer to donate it to educational institutions. (我乐意捐给教育机构。)
Q：What is most important in your life right now？(眼下你生活中最重要的是什
么？)
A：To get a job in my field is most important to me. (对我来说，能在这个领域
找到工作是最重要的。)
A：To secure employment hopefully with your company. (希望能在贵公司任职对我
来说最重要。)
Q：What current issues concern you the most？(目前什么事是你最关心的？)
A：The general state of our economy and the impact of China' entry to WTO on
our industry. (目前中国经济的总体情況以及中国入世对我们行业的影响。)
Q： How long would you like to stay with this company？(你会在本公司服务多久
呢？)
A： I will stay as long as I can continue to learn and to grow in my field.
(只要我能在我的行业力继续学习和长进，我就会留在这里。)
Q：Could you project what you would like to be doing five years from now？
(你能预料五年后你会做什么吗？)
A：As I have some administrative experience in my last job, I may use my
organizational and planning skills in the future.
(我在上一个工作中积累了一些行政经验，我将来也许要运用我组织和计划上的经验和
技巧。)
A：I hope to demonstrate my ability and talents in my field adequately. (我
希望能充分展示我在这个行业的能力和智慧。)
A：Perhaps, an opportunity at a management position would be exciting.（也许
有机会，我将会从事管理工作。）
如果不愿正面回答，也可以说：
It would be premature for me to predict this. （现在对此问题的预测，尚嫌过
早。）
甚至还可以打趣的说：
Hypothetically speaking, I might be able to do your current job as a
director.（或 CEO 或 president）((说不定，我也能做你现在主任的工作呢！)
Q： What range of pay-scale are you interested in？(你喜欢那一种薪水层次标准
？)
A： Money is important, but the responsibility that goes along with this job
is what interests me the most. (薪水固然重要，但这工作伴随而来的责任更吸引
我。)
A： 假如你有家眷，可以说：
To be frank and open with you, I like this job, but I have a family to
support. (坦白地说，我喜欢这份工作，不过我必须要负担我的家庭。)
Other Tips (其它建议)
Know something about the organization you are applying to. (了解一些你申请工
作单位的情况)
Dress properly. Don't shake hand with the interviewer until he/she extends
his/her hand. (穿着要得体，人家伸手时才握手。)
Don't sit down until invited to do so by the interviewer. (人家未请，先別坐
下。)
Make eye-contact with the interviewer during the interview. (面试时，眼睛要
看着对方。)
Listen actively and stay calm. (注意听，保持冷静。)
If invited to a meal, be especially careful about your table manners. (被邀
吃饭时，要特別注意餐桌礼节。)
Don't talk with your mouth full. (嘴里有食物，不可开口说话)
Don't make much noise while you eat. (吃东西不要出声音)
Don't blow your nose or use the toothpick at table. (不要拧鼻涕或用牙签剔牙)
Don't appear to be pushy or overly anxious to get a job.（不必过分表现急着要
工作）
Be honest
but not too modest.（要诚实，但不必太谦虚)
Don't put yourself down or cut yourself up. (不可妄自菲薄或自贬)
Try to avoid discussing politics or religion with your interviewer. (避免与
面试人谈政治或宗教)
李阳英语疯狂英语中级对话宝典（三）
PART 3：INTERMEDIATE DIALOGUES中级对话
如果你把前一部分最基本的初级对话都掌握了的话,那就开始下一步的跋涉——进军中级对话吧.具有中级英语水平的人,也就具备了中级交流的能力,这一部分的对话涉及生活、工作和学习的点点滴滴,有发生在老朋友之间的,有同学之间、亲友之间的，有发生在同事之间的,也有上下级之间的,但不论场景如何变化,它们的共同点就是――交流
I Can’t Believe My Eyes 我简直不能相信眼前的事实
A: I can’t believe my eyes! 我简直不能相信眼前的事实！
B: Well, if it isn’t Mike Li!这不是迈克·李吗！
A: Jim Wang! It’s nice to see you again! It’s been a long time.吉姆·王！见到你真是太高兴了！好久不见了。
B: You know, Mike, I’ve been meaning to call you for a long time. I’m so glad I ran into you today.迈克，你知道吗，很久以来我一直想给你打电话。真高兴今天能遇到你。
A: Me, too. How have you been doing?我也一样。你最近好吗？
B: Super. How about yourself?很好。你呢？
A: Pretty good. I can’t complain.不错，没什么可抱怨的
B: So tell me, the last time I saw you, you were planning to go abroad to study, weren’t you?快说来听听，我上一次见到你的时候，你正准备去出国留学呢，是不是？
A: Yes, I guess I was. But as it turned out, I changed my mind. I decided not to go after all.是，我想是的。但现在有了变化，我最终还是决定不去了
B: Oh, really? But if I remember correctly, you were intent on going to California. Whatever made you change your mind? I thought you were accepted to Stanford.
哦，是吗？如果我没记错的话，你当时是要去加利福尼亚。是什么使你改变主意的？我记得你是被斯坦福大学录取了
A: Well, it’s a long story, and I don’t want to bore you with all the details. But what it boils down to is that I decided that going to Stanford wasn’t a very good idea. I decided to go to Beijing University instead. I want to save my money and start my own business after graduation.说来话长。那些细节我就不赘述了。最后的结果是，我觉得去斯坦福读书不太明智。我打算去北大。这样，把钱省下来，毕业后可以自己开一家公司
B: Really? That’s very interesting.是吗？那很有趣嘛
A: And how about you? The last time we talked, didn’t you tell me you were going to open your own restaurant and hotel?你怎么样？上次我们聊的时候，你不是说要自己开个酒店吗？
B: That’s right. I was. But things turned out differently than I expected.
对呀，是有这么回事。但结果却和我预想的大不相同
A: But you seemed so determined to do that. What happened?可是你当时是决心很大的，发生了什么事呢？
B: Well, it’s very complicated, and I’m sure you don’t want to know all the details. But as it turned out, I decided that opening my restaurant just wasn’t for me. So I decided to stay at my old job instead.说来复杂。我知道你不愿意听详细的个中原由。但结果却是，我觉得自己开饭店并不适合我，所以就决定留在原来的工作岗位
A: Well, a lot sure has happened since we last saw each other.是啊，从上次见面以来，真是发生了很多事
B: You can say that again! You know, we should try to stay in touch.你说得对！我们应该尽量保持联系
A: Yes, we should. Let’s have lunch together sometime soon.的确应该如此。我们最近找时间吃个午饭吧
B: That’s a good idea. I’ll call you.这主意不错。我到时候给你打电话
A: OK. Take care now.好吧,多保重
B: You, too.你也是
口语要素
大家会发现，对话里面出现最多的是精彩的“口语要素”，其实，日常对话都是这些零零碎碎的“口语要素”组成的！一部英文电影又何尝不是成千上万“口语要素”的集合呢
★ I can’t believe my eyes! 我简直不能相信眼前的事实！
举一反三：
* I can’t believe my ears! 真是让人难以置信！
* I can’t believe what I saw! 我不相信我的眼睛！
★ It’s nice to see you again! 又见到你真是太高兴了！
★ It’s been a long time. 好久不见了。
★ I’m so glad I ran into you today. 真高兴今天能遇到你。
★ How have you been doing? 你最近好吗？
★ How about yourself? 你呢？过得好吗？
★ Pretty good./ Super. / I can’t complain. 很好。/棒极了。/没什么可抱怨的。【经典回答】
★ I changed my mind. 我改变了主意。
★ I decided not to go after all. 我最终还是决定不去了。
★ Whatever made you change your mind? 是什么使你改变主意的？
It’s a long story. 说来话长。
You can say that again! 你说得对！
举一反三：
* You said it! 你说对了！
* I’ll say! 你说得对！
* You’re right! 你说得对！
★ I don’t want to bore you with all the details. 那些细节我就不赘述了。
★ I decided to go to Beijing University instead. 我最后决定去北大读书。
★ Really? 是吗？
That’s very interesting. 那很有趣嘛。
And how about you? 你怎么样？
★ What happened? 发生了什么事呢？
★ We should try to stay in touch. 我们应该尽量保持联系。
举一反三：
* We should keep in touch. 我们应该保持联系。
* We should contact each other more often. 我们应该多多联系。
* We should keep each other informed. 我们应该保持联系。
* We should get together more often. 我们应该多多联系。
Let’s have lunch together sometime soon. 我们最近找时间吃个午饭吧。
【疯狂提示】这是一个典型的结束此类谈话的方式。如果有一个外国人到谈话的末尾对你说出这句话，要谨记两点：第一，不要追问确切的“一起吃午饭”的时间，第二，不要苦苦地等待那顿“不花钱的午餐”。如果对方出于诚意，他会这样说：Let’s have lunch together next Monday, OK?
That’s a good idea. 这主意不错。
★ I’ll call you. 我到时候给你打电话。
★ Take care now. 多保重。
超级短语
run into 碰到，遇到，邂逅
turn out 结果
after all 最终；毕竟
be intent on 决心要做；对某事专心致志
boil down to 等于；归结为
a lot sure has happened 变化很大
stay in touch 保持联系
超级句型：
Well, if it isn’t somebody！哟，这不是某某某吗！
Well, if it isn’t Mike Li!
这不是迈克·李吗！
【疯狂提示】这是一个引起谈话的重要句型，也是扯闲话的经典开端！
② What it boils down to 简单说来
What it boils down to is that I decided that going to Stanford wasn’t a very good idea. 简单说来，我觉得去斯坦福读书不太明智。
举一反三：
* The matter of fact is that going to Stanford wasn’t a very good idea.事实是，我觉得去斯坦福读书不太明智。
* As it turned out, going to Stanford wasn’t a very good idea.最后的结果是，我觉得去斯坦福读书不太明智。
③ I’ve been meaning to 很久以来我一直想……
I’ve been meaning to call you for a long time.很久以来我一直想给你打电话。
【疯狂提示】这是一个掩盖粗心、健忘及忙昏了头等等过失的最好的遮羞布！这是一个既体贴又体面但又不失虚伪的句型。一定要掌握它！
④ You seemed so determined to 你好像决心很大……
You seemed so determined to do that.你当时是决心很大的
⑤ If I remember correctly 如果我没记错的话
If I remember correctly, you were intent on going to California.如果我没记错的话，你当时是要去加利福尼亚。
举一反三：
* If I remember correctly, you were intent on becoming a pilot.
如果我没记错的话，你当时想当个飞行员。
⑥ I thought 我原以为
I thought you were accepted to Stanford.我记得你是被斯坦福大学录取了。
举一反三：
* I thought you were married.我原以为你结婚了呢
语法点滴
过去进行时：表示过去正在进行的动作
★ So tell me, the last time I saw you, you were planning to go to abroad to study, weren’t you?快说来听听，我上一次见到你的时候，你正准备去出国留学呢，是不是？
举一反三：
* Last time I saw you, you were planning to become a musician.上次我见你的时候，你正准备搞音乐呢。
一般过去时：表示过去发生的事情
★ As it turned out, I decided that opening my restaurant just wasn’t for me. So I decided to stay at my old job instead.结果是，我觉得自己开饭店并不适合我。所以就决定留在原来的工作岗位
★ That’s right. I was.对呀。是有这么回事
★ I thought you were accepted to Stanford.我记得你是被斯坦福大学录取了。
举一反三：
* I thought you said you were going to take the boss’s place.我以为你是说你要接替老板的职位呢。
精彩句子
★ I want to save my money and start my own business after graduation.
我想把钱省下来，毕业后可以自己开一家公司
★ It’s very complicated, and I’m sure you don’t want to know all the details. 说来复杂。我知道你不愿意听详细的个中原由
A lot sure has happened since we last saw each other. 从上次见面以来，我们都有不少变化。
发音精华
[i:] believe, seem, mean
[ei] complain, change, detail, save, graduation, complicated, stay
[ai] time, mind, decide, idea, try
[e] remember, correctly, intent, instead, restaurant, expect
李阳老师的话：与其囫囵吞枣，不如精雕细琢。将一段对话一步一步地消化掉，才是真正地掌握。这段话值得学习一个月。其实，一段对话中潜藏着巨大的宝藏！
2. You Worry Too Much 你想的太多了
A: Hi, Jim.你好，吉姆
B: What’s wrong? You look upset about something.怎么回事？你看上去有点不安
A: You know … I’m getting a little worried about our English teacher. She should have shown up for class by now. It’s not like her to be late.你知道，我有点担心我们的英语老师。她现在该到了。迟到可不是她的作风
B: I wouldn’t be concerned. She must have gotten stuck in traffic. Traffic has been terrible lately.我不担心。她肯定是遇上塞车了，最近交通不太顺畅
A: I don’t know. She might have … but then again, I’m not so sure. I’m afraid something must have happened. I just have a bad feeling that she’s in trouble.
我也说不清楚。她可能……我也不知道。我担心发生了什么事。我有一种预感，她遇到麻烦了
B: Oh, come on now. Don’t jump to conclusions. I’m positive she’ll show up for class soon. You worry too much.噢，别瞎想了。不要妄下结论。她很快就会来上课的。你想的太多了。
A: I can’t help it. It’s just my nature.我就是忍不住，这是我的天性
B: Look, there’s Dr. Lee now. See, I told you not to worry.看，那不是李教授吗。我告诉过你不要担心嘛。
A: I’m so relieved! I guess you’re right. I need to relax and not worry so much.这我就放心了。我想你是对的。我应该放松点，不要那么紧张兮兮
口语要素
★ What’s wrong?怎么回事？
★ It’s not like her to be late. 迟到可不是她的一贯做法。
★ She must have gotten stuck in traffic. 她肯定是遇上塞车了。
★ Don’t jump to conclusions. 不要妄下结论。
★ You worry too much. 你想的太多了。
★ I can’t help it. 我就是忍不住。
★ It’s just my nature. 这是我的天性。
★ I’m so relieved! 这我就放心了。
★ I guess you’re right. 我想你是对的。
3. Thanks for Filling Me In 谢谢你让我知道
A: This seat taken?这儿有人坐吗？
B: No, go ahead, be my guest. I haven’t seen you before. Are you new in engineering?没人，坐吧，请随便。我从没见过你。你是工程系新来的吧？
A: Yeah, I just switched my major from computer science——too much math! I couldn’t take the pressure.对。我刚换了专业，学计算机专业要学太多的数学！我受不了那压力。
B: Well, don’t expect it to be any better here! What’s your name, anyway?
工程系也好不到哪儿去！哦，你叫什么名字？
A: Sam. What’s yours?山姆。你呢？
B: Ben Jones, but everybody calls me “BJ”本·琼斯，但人们都叫我BJ
A: BJ, huh? Well, I’m not going to tell you what my nickname is! Oh, here comes the professor. What’s his name, anyway? Scarey, or something like that?
BJ，对吧？我不会告诉你我的外号的！哦，教授来了！他叫什么来着？“斯凯瑞”？还是什么？
B: James Kerry. But we call him “Big Jim” because he’s so short.
詹姆斯·凯瑞。但是我们都叫他“大吉姆”，因为他太矮了。
A: To his face?当着他的面叫他？
B: No. Are you kidding? He has a bad temper. I know he wouldn’t think it was funny. I think it’s really funny. He is a little guy. He’s not a bad teacher though.不。谁敢呀？他脾气很坏的。他才不会觉得这有趣呢。我觉得实在好笑。他个子不高，但是个不错的老师
A: Well, that’s good to know. Thanks for filling me in.谢谢你让我知道这些，这对我很有用。
B: Anytime.别客气。
口语要素
★ Go ahead. 向前。/尽管去做。
★ Don’t expect it to be any better here! 这儿也好不到哪儿去！
★ To his face? 当着他的面？
★ That’s good to know. 这可是个好消息。
★ Thanks for filling me in. 谢谢你让我知道。
★ Anytime. 别客气。
4．I Can’t Help You Out 我帮不上你的忙
A: Hello.您好。
B: Hello, Tom. This is Don. How are you?你好，汤姆。我是丹。你怎么样？
A: Oh, hi, Don. Just great. How have you been?哦，你好，丹。我很好。你呢？
B: Fine. Listen, Jerry and I wanted to go to a movie tomorrow night, but we don’t have a way to get there. If you drive, we’ll buy the tickets, How about it?
很好。我和杰瑞准备明天晚上去看电影，但是没有车，如果你能开车带我们去，你的电影票我们包了，这个主意怎么样？
A: Well, it sounds like fun, but actually I’ve really got a lot of homework to do.好像是不错，但是我有好多作业要做。
B: Oh, come on, Tom. It’ll be fun. It’s only a few hours. It’ll help you relax. You’ll study better!哦，别这样，汤姆。我们会很开心的，就那么几个小时，你也正好放松一下。这会帮你更好地学习。
A: I really can’t. I’ve got an English exam on Monday and a book report due on Tuesday that I’m really getting nervous about. I don’t think I’d enjoy it much. But thanks a lot for thinking of me. Sorry I can’t help you out.
我真的不能去。我星期一有个英语考试，星期二要交一篇读书报告，这使我很紧张。我看电影也看不到心上。但是谢谢你们还想着我。抱歉我实在是帮不了这个忙。
B: Oh, don’t worry about it. Maybe next time. Good luck on your exam. We’ll be thinking of you!那好，没关系。下次吧。祝你考试顺利。我们会想着你的！
A: Thanks. See you.谢谢。再见。
B: Ok, Bye.好的，再见。
口语要素
★ How are you? 你好吗？
★ How have you been? 你过得好吗？
It sounds like fun. 好像是不错。
Actually I’ve really got a lot of homework to do.我有好多作业要做。
★ Thanks a lot for thinking of me. 谢谢你们还想着我。
★ Sorry I can’t help you out. 抱歉，我实在是帮不了这个忙。
5．Thank You Very Much for Inviting Us 谢谢你的盛情邀请
A: Excuse me, Kim? It’s getting late, so I’m afraid we’ll have to be leaving.
对不起，金姆，时间不早了，我想我们该走了。
B: Oh, so early? It seems like you just got here!哦，这么快就走啊？你们好像才来呀！
A: Well, I’ve got to get up and drive to the airport for an eight o’clock plane tomorrow. We’ve really had a wonderful time, Kim. Thank you very much for inviting us.我明天早上要开车去机场赶8点钟的飞机。我们今晚在这里玩得很开心，金姆。谢谢你的盛情邀请。
B: Say, Sara, why don’t we meet downtown for lunch some day next week? We could talk more then.喂，莎拉，我们何不下周找个时间在城里一起吃顿午饭？那时我们可以多聊一聊。
A: I’d love to!好啊！
B: I’ve heard the Hilton has delicious seafood.我听说希尔顿的海鲜不错。
A: Oh! That sounds wonderful. I love seafood.噢！太好了，我喜欢吃海鲜
B: I’ll give you a call later on and we can decide the time.我回头给你电话再确定时间。
A: Well, it’s been a fantastic evening. Again, thank you very much.好的，我们今晚过得很愉快。再次感谢你。
B: It was my pleasure having you.你的到来是我的荣幸。
A: I’ll look forward to your phone call.我会等你电话的。
B: Thanks again. Good night.再次感谢,晚安
A: Good night.晚安。
口语要素
★ I’m afraid we’ll have to be leaving. 我想我该走了。
★ It seems like you just got here? 你好像才来呀！
★ Thank you very much for inviting us. 谢谢你的盛情邀请。
★ I’d love to! 好啊！
★ That sounds wonderful. 太好了。
★ It was my pleasure having you. 你的到来是我的荣幸。
6．Why Are You Mad at Me你为什么生我的气
A: Hi, What’s new?嗨，最近怎么样？
B: Nothing.没事。
A: What’s your problem? Why are you mad at me?你这是怎么了？你为什么跟我生气？
B: What did you have to go and do that for?你为什么要那样做呢？
A: Do what?做什么？
B: You know what I’m talking about. Why did you go tell Mrs. Lee how much money I’m going to make? Now she’ll go and tell the whole world!你知道我在说什么。你为什么要到李小姐那去说我要挣多少钱？全世界的人都会知道了！
A: Well, I’m sorry. I didn’t think it mattered.噢，对不起。我以为这不要紧的。
B: It does matter. You know how she talks to everybody and their brother! Now the whole town will be asking me for money!怎么会不要紧！你是知道她的，她会告诉所有的人和他们的兄弟！现在全城的人都要向我借钱了！
A: Well, I apologize. I guess I wasn’t thinking. I got all excited.我向你道歉。我当时没想到这个。我只顾高兴了
B: Oh well, it’s done now. I guess it doesn’t matter than much, anyway. They were bound to find out eventually. Everybody in this town’s always interested in gossip.那好吧，反正事情已经发生了。我想这毕竟也没什么大不了。大家最终也会知道的。这个镇上所有的人都喜欢扯闲话。
A: You know, it is a lot of money for a first job…你想，你的第一个工作就挣这么多钱也的确……
B: You think I’ll be able to buy a BMW?你以为我能买一辆宝马车吗？
A: Well, I think you’d better wait and see how much is left after Uncle Sam gets his share!不过，你最好还是看看等纳完税之后还有多少剩余吧！
A: Actually everybody is really impressed.其实所有的人都很羡慕呢。
B: I guess it’s not a big deal after all.我觉得这也没什么大不了的。
A: Any way, I am really sorry. Next time I’ll think before I speak.不管怎样，我感到实在是不好意思。下次说话一定注意。
口语要素
★ What’s new? 最近怎么样？
★ What’s your problem? 你这是怎么了？
★ You know what I’m talking about. 你知道我在说什么。
★ I didn’t think it mattered. 我想这不要紧。
★ I got all excited. 我只顾高兴了。
★ I guess it’s not a big deal after all. 我觉得这也没什么大不了的。
★ Next time I’ll think before I speak. 下次说话一定注意。
7．I Can’t Wait to Go 我等不及要去
A: Hi, Kim. Long time no see.嗨，金姆，好久不见了。
B: I know. I just got back from Tokyo. 是啊。我刚从东京回来
A: I know you travel a lot. I wonder have you by any chance ever been to Beijing?
我知道你经常去旅行。我想知道你有没有机会去过北京？
B: Yes, I have. Actually, I used to live there. Why?去过。我以前还在那里住过呢。为什么问这个？
A: I’m going there with my family for a vacation next month. Can you tell me what it’s like there?我下个月要和家人到那里度假。你能不能告诉我那里怎么样？
B: Well-uh... it’s a very exciting place. As a matter of fact, it’s probably one of the most exciting places I know.这个嘛，那是个激动人心的地方。实际上，那可能是我所知道的最令人向往的地方了。
A: How about the weather… and the people?那里天气怎样……人怎么样？
B: The weather at this time of year is usually cool, and in my opinion, the people there are very friendly.那里现在的天气通常会很凉爽，我认为，那里的人很友好
A: It sounds like a wonderful place.这么说那是个非常棒的地方
B: It is. I’m sure you’ll have a good time there.确实是。你在那里肯定会度过一段美好的时光
A: I can’t wait to go.我都等不及了
B: Be sure to send me a postcard and take lots of pictures.别忘了给我寄张明信片来，多拍一些照片
口语要素
★ Long time no see. 好久不见了。
★ I used to live there. 我以前住在那里。
★ Can you tell me what it’s like there? 你能不能告诉我那里怎么样？
★ It sounds like a wonderful place. 这么说那是个非常棒的地方。
★ I’m sure you’ll have a good time there 你在那里肯定会度过一段美好的时光
★ I can’t wait to go. 我都等不及了。
★ Be sure to send me a postcard and take lots of pictures.别忘了给我寄张明信片来，多拍一些照片。
8．Are You Enjoying Your Stay Here 你喜欢呆在这里吗
A: Thank you for taking the time to be interviewed. Is this your first visit to America?谢谢你抽时间来面试。这是你第一次来美国吗？
B: No, this is my second visit. I first came to America in July 1999. That time I was here on vacation——just sightseeing, but during that trip I decided that I would come to the United States and study English.不，这是第二次。我第一次来是在1999年7月。那次只是观光旅游，但是在旅游的过程中我下定决心一定要来美国学习英语。
A: How long will you be here for this time?你这次来要呆多久？
B: I arrived in January and I’ll stay until December, 2002.我今年1月份来的，将于2002年12月离开。
A: Are you enjoying your stay here?你喜欢呆在这里吗？
B: Yes and no. Some things are much better than I expected but other things are not so good. I enjoy my lessons very much but I sometimes find it difficult to practice my oral English. American people are very kind but it seems they don’t have time to talk with people from abroad.喜欢也不喜欢。有些事情比我想象中的要好，但有些却不尽人意。我很喜欢所上的课程，但是有时候说英语有困难。美国人很友好，但是看来他们没有时间和一个外国人讲英语。
A: Are you learning English for any particular reason?你学英语有没有什么特别的原因？
B: Yes. At home in China I work in advertising and many of the words we use are English, so I want to understand English better because that will help my job.
有。在中国我是做广告的，有很多情况下要用到英语，所以我想提高英语水平，把工作做得更好。
A: Did you learn English at home in China before you came to study English here?
你来这里之前在中国学过英语吗？
B: Sure. When I was a student in China I studied English for six years. But that was a long time ago and in the meantime I forgot all my grammar. So before I came to America I went to English classes for two hours each week for six months. Now I study 20 hours each week and sometimes I have an extra lesson.
学过。我在中国上学的时候学了6年英语。但那是很久以前的事了，语法也早就全忘光了。在来美国之前我每周去上两个小时的英语课，一共上了半年。现在我每周学20个小时的英语，有时候还会更多。
9．Welcome to Li Yang Crazy English Company欢迎到李阳疯狂英语公司来
A: Hello. Welcome to Li Yang Crazy English Company你好。欢迎你到李阳疯狂英语公司来。
B: Hello. And Good morning. I’m George Chen.你好，早上好。我是乔治·陈。
A: Nice to meet you George. I’m glad you’ll be working for us. We’re like a big family here. We all work together as a team.乔治,很高兴见到你,我很高兴你能到我们这里来工作,我们这就像是一个大家庭,所有的人工作在一起,就像一个团队
B: That’s great. I’m eager to start.太好了。我都等不及要开始工作了
A: Well, let me tell you about some of our policies and practices here.好的，那我就把这里的规章制度先跟你说一下。
B: All right. That will be a big help. I’m fresh out of college.好的。那会对我帮助很大。我刚从学校毕业
A: We requite all our employees to arrive for work on time and we insist that they keep their lunch hours to a reasonable length.我们要求员工准时到岗，而且午餐的时间不要过长
B: I understand. That seems easy to follow.我明白,这很容易做到
A: Employee character is very important to us. We expect everyone here at LYCE to be industrious, cooperative, honest and open-minded.员工性格很重要。我们希望李阳疯狂英语公司的的员工勤奋、协作、诚实、开明
B: I’m very glad to hear that. I think I possess all of those qualities.
很高兴听到这些。上述素质我都具备。
A: We also try to do the best we can for our employees. We feel obligated to provide a safe working environment, and we make every effort to listen to our employees’ concerns.我们也努力为员工创造最好的条件。我们有责任为员工提供一个安全可靠的工作环境，我们也聆听员工们的呼声
B: That’s very admirable. That’s also one of the reasons I wanted to work here.
那好极了。这也是我想到这里工作的原因之一
A: Now, perhaps you have some questions. Is there any additional information I can provide?现在你可能有些问题要问吧。你还想了解些什么呢？
B: Yes,As a matter of fact. I have a few questions.是的,我有好几个问题要问呢
A: Certainly. Go ahead!尽管问吧！
B: Will I be required to have a medical examination before I start work?我开始上班之前要不要进行体格检查？
A: Yes, definitely. But the company will cover the expense.是的，一定要体检。但是公司会出这笔钱。
B: And would I have to go through special training or preparations for the job?
我要不要通过一些特殊的岗前培训？
A: Yes, you would. Our company believes in employee training and self-improvement.是的，要参加培训。我们公司秉承员工培训和个人成长的信念
B: And would it be necessary for me to work on weekends?我在周末有没有必要加班？
A: No, that wouldn’t be necessary.不必。
B: And one more question: do employees here have to go through a probation period?
还有一个问题：这里的员工有没有试用期？
A: No, they don’t. Once you are hired you have the same rights and great privileges as other employees.没有,你一旦被录用了,就享有和其他员工一样的权利
B: I see. That’s great.我明白了。太好了。
A: Do you have any other questions?你还有别的问题吗？
B: No, I don’t think so. You’ve been so helpful.我想没有了,你帮我解决了很多疑问
A:All right. I’m glad to hear that.好的，很高兴你这么说
B:Well,I’ve probably taken up enough of your time.我占用你的时间已经够多了
A: We’ll talk again soon.我们很快会再见的。
B: I’ve enjoyed talking with you. Thank you very much.我很喜欢跟你谈话,谢谢。
A: You’re very welcome.不用客气。
口语要素
★ Welcome to Li Yang Crazy English Company. 欢迎你到李阳疯狂英语公司来。
★ Nice to meet you.很高兴见到你。
★ All right. 好的。
★ That will be a big help. 那会对我帮助很大。
★ I’m fresh out of college. 我刚从学校毕业。
★ That seems easy to follow. 这很容易做到。
★ The company will cover the expense. 公司会出这笔钱。
★ Would I have to go through special training or preparations for the job?我要不要通过一些特殊的岗前培训？
Do employees here have to go through a probation period? 这里的员工有没有试用期？
★ I see. 我明白了。
★ That’s great. 太好了。
★ Do you have any other questions? 你还有别的问题吗？
★ That wouldn’t be necessary. 不必。
★ I’m glad to hear that. 很高兴你这么说。
★ I’ve probably taken up enough of your time. 我占用你的时间已经够多的了。
★ We’ll talk again soon. 我们很快会再见的。
★ I’ve enjoyed talking with you.我很喜欢跟你谈话。
★ You’re very welcome. 不用客气。
A: What do you miss most about China while you are here in America?你身在美国，最想念中国的什么？
B: I miss real Chinese food. I miss my mother’s cooking and of course I miss my whole family very much.我怀念正宗的中国菜。我怀念我妈妈做的饭。当然了，我非常想念我的家人。
口语要素
★ Thank you for talking the time to be interviewed. 谢谢你抽时间来面试。
★ Is this your first visit to America? 这是你第一次来美国吗？
★ How long will you be here for this time? 你这次来要呆多久？
★ Are you enjoying your stay here? 你喜欢呆在这里吗？
如果你把前一部分最基本的初级对话都掌握了的话,那就开始下一步的跋涉——进军中级对话吧.具有中级英语水平的人,也就具备了中级交流的能力,这一部分的对话涉及生活、工作和学习的点点滴滴,有发生在老朋友之间的,有同学之间、亲友之间的，有发生在同事之间的,也有上下级之间的,但不论场景如何变化,它们的共同点就是――交流
I Can’t Believe My Eyes 我简直不能相信眼前的事实
A: I can’t believe my eyes! 我简直不能相信眼前的事实！
B: Well, if it isn’t Mike Li!这不是迈克·李吗！
A: Jim Wang! It’s nice to see you again! It’s been a long time.吉姆·王！见到你真是太高兴了！好久不见了。
B: You know, Mike, I’ve been meaning to call you for a long time. I’m so glad I ran into you today.迈克，你知道吗，很久以来我一直想给你打电话。真高兴今天能遇到你。
A: Me, too. How have you been doing?我也一样。你最近好吗？
B: Super. How about yourself?很好。你呢？
A: Pretty good. I can’t complain.不错，没什么可抱怨的
B: So tell me, the last time I saw you, you were planning to go abroad to study, weren’t you?快说来听听，我上一次见到你的时候，你正准备去出国留学呢，是不是？
A: Yes, I guess I was. But as it turned out, I changed my mind. I decided not to go after all.是，我想是的。但现在有了变化，我最终还是决定不去了
B: Oh, really? But if I remember correctly, you were intent on going to California. Whatever made you change your mind? I thought you were accepted to Stanford.
哦，是吗？如果我没记错的话，你当时是要去加利福尼亚。是什么使你改变主意的？我记得你是被斯坦福大学录取了
A: Well, it’s a long story, and I don’t want to bore you with all the details. But what it boils down to is that I decided that going to Stanford wasn’t a very good idea. I decided to go to Beijing University instead. I want to save my money and start my own business after graduation.说来话长。那些细节我就不赘述了。最后的结果是，我觉得去斯坦福读书不太明智。我打算去北大。这样，把钱省下来，毕业后可以自己开一家公司
B: Really? That’s very interesting.是吗？那很有趣嘛
A: And how about you? The last time we talked, didn’t you tell me you were going to open your own restaurant and hotel?你怎么样？上次我们聊的时候，你不是说要自己开个酒店吗？
B: That’s right. I was. But things turned out differently than I expected.
对呀，是有这么回事。但结果却和我预想的大不相同
A: But you seemed so determined to do that. What happened?可是你当时是决心很大的，发生了什么事呢？
B: Well, it’s very complicated, and I’m sure you don’t want to know all the details. But as it turned out, I decided that opening my restaurant just wasn’t for me. So I decided to stay at my old job instead.说来复杂。我知道你不愿意听详细的个中原由。但结果却是，我觉得自己开饭店并不适合我，所以就决定留在原来的工作岗位
A: Well, a lot sure has happened since we last saw each other.是啊，从上次见面以来，真是发生了很多事
B: You can say that again! You know, we should try to stay in touch.你说得对！我们应该尽量保持联系
A: Yes, we should. Let’s have lunch together sometime soon.的确应该如此。我们最近找时间吃个午饭吧
B: That’s a good idea. I’ll call you.这主意不错。我到时候给你打电话
A: OK. Take care now.好吧,多保重
B: You, too.你也是
口语要素
大家会发现，对话里面出现最多的是精彩的“口语要素”，其实，日常对话都是这些零零碎碎的“口语要素”组成的！一部英文电影又何尝不是成千上万“口语要素”的集合呢
★ I can’t believe my eyes! 我简直不能相信眼前的事实！
举一反三：
* I can’t believe my ears! 真是让人难以置信！
* I can’t believe what I saw! 我不相信我的眼睛！
★ It’s nice to see you again! 又见到你真是太高兴了！
★ It’s been a long time. 好久不见了。
★ I’m so glad I ran into you today. 真高兴今天能遇到你。
★ How have you been doing? 你最近好吗？
★ How about yourself? 你呢？过得好吗？
★ Pretty good./ Super. / I can’t complain. 很好。/棒极了。/没什么可抱怨的。【经典回答】
★ I changed my mind. 我改变了主意。
★ I decided not to go after all. 我最终还是决定不去了。
★ Whatever made you change your mind? 是什么使你改变主意的？
It’s a long story. 说来话长。
You can say that again! 你说得对！
举一反三：
* You said it! 你说对了！
* I’ll say! 你说得对！
* You’re right! 你说得对！
★ I don’t want to bore you with all the details. 那些细节我就不赘述了。
★ I decided to go to Beijing University instead. 我最后决定去北大读书。
★ Really? 是吗？
That’s very interesting. 那很有趣嘛。
And how about you? 你怎么样？
★ What happened? 发生了什么事呢？
★ We should try to stay in touch. 我们应该尽量保持联系。
举一反三：
* We should keep in touch. 我们应该保持联系。
* We should contact each other more often. 我们应该多多联系。
* We should keep each other informed. 我们应该保持联系。
* We should get together more often. 我们应该多多联系。
Let’s have lunch together sometime soon. 我们最近找时间吃个午饭吧。
【疯狂提示】这是一个典型的结束此类谈话的方式。如果有一个外国人到谈话的末尾对你说出这句话，要谨记两点：第一，不要追问确切的“一起吃午饭”的时间，第二，不要苦苦地等待那顿“不花钱的午餐”。如果对方出于诚意，他会这样说：Let’s have lunch together next Monday, OK?
That’s a good idea. 这主意不错。
★ I’ll call you. 我到时候给你打电话。
★ Take care now. 多保重。
超级短语
run into 碰到，遇到，邂逅
turn out 结果
after all 最终；毕竟
be intent on 决心要做；对某事专心致志
boil down to 等于；归结为
a lot sure has happened 变化很大
stay in touch 保持联系
超级句型：
Well, if it isn’t somebody！哟，这不是某某某吗！
Well, if it isn’t Mike Li!
这不是迈克·李吗！
【疯狂提示】这是一个引起谈话的重要句型，也是扯闲话的经典开端！
② What it boils down to 简单说来
What it boils down to is that I decided that going to Stanford wasn’t a very good idea. 简单说来，我觉得去斯坦福读书不太明智。
举一反三：
* The matter of fact is that going to Stanford wasn’t a very good idea.事实是，我觉得去斯坦福读书不太明智。
* As it turned out, going to Stanford wasn’t a very good idea.最后的结果是，我觉得去斯坦福读书不太明智。
③ I’ve been meaning to 很久以来我一直想……
I’ve been meaning to call you for a long time.很久以来我一直想给你打电话。
【疯狂提示】这是一个掩盖粗心、健忘及忙昏了头等等过失的最好的遮羞布！这是一个既体贴又体面但又不失虚伪的句型。一定要掌握它！
④ You seemed so determined to 你好像决心很大……
You seemed so determined to do that.你当时是决心很大的
⑤ If I remember correctly 如果我没记错的话
If I remember correctly, you were intent on going to California.如果我没记错的话，你当时是要去加利福尼亚。
举一反三：
* If I remember correctly, you were intent on becoming a pilot.
如果我没记错的话，你当时想当个飞行员。
⑥ I thought 我原以为
I thought you were accepted to Stanford.我记得你是被斯坦福大学录取了。
举一反三：
* I thought you were married.我原以为你结婚了呢
语法点滴
过去进行时：表示过去正在进行的动作
★ So tell me, the last time I saw you, you were planning to go to abroad to study, weren’t you?快说来听听，我上一次见到你的时候，你正准备去出国留学呢，是不是？
举一反三：
* Last time I saw you, you were planning to become a musician.上次我见你的时候，你正准备搞音乐呢。
一般过去时：表示过去发生的事情
★ As it turned out, I decided that opening my restaurant just wasn’t for me. So I decided to stay at my old job instead.结果是，我觉得自己开饭店并不适合我。所以就决定留在原来的工作岗位
★ That’s right. I was.对呀。是有这么回事
★ I thought you were accepted to Stanford.我记得你是被斯坦福大学录取了。
举一反三：
* I thought you said you were going to take the boss’s place.我以为你是说你要接替老板的职位呢。
精彩句子
★ I want to save my money and start my own business after graduation.
我想把钱省下来，毕业后可以自己开一家公司
★ It’s very complicated, and I’m sure you don’t want to know all the details. 说来复杂。我知道你不愿意听详细的个中原由
A lot sure has happened since we last saw each other. 从上次见面以来，我们都有不少变化。
发音精华
[i:] believe, seem, mean
[ei] complain, change, detail, save, graduation, complicated, stay
[ai] time, mind, decide, idea, try
[e] remember, correctly, intent, instead, restaurant, expect
李阳老师的话：与其囫囵吞枣，不如精雕细琢。将一段对话一步一步地消化掉，才是真正地掌握。这段话值得学习一个月。其实，一段对话中潜藏着巨大的宝藏！
2. You Worry Too Much 你想的太多了
A: Hi, Jim.你好，吉姆
B: What’s wrong? You look upset about something.怎么回事？你看上去有点不安
A: You know … I’m getting a little worried about our English teacher. She should have shown up for class by now. It’s not like her to be late.你知道，我有点担心我们的英语老师。她现在该到了。迟到可不是她的作风
B: I wouldn’t be concerned. She must have gotten stuck in traffic. Traffic has been terrible lately.我不担心。她肯定是遇上塞车了，最近交通不太顺畅
A: I don’t know. She might have … but then again, I’m not so sure. I’m afraid something must have happened. I just have a bad feeling that she’s in trouble.
我也说不清楚。她可能……我也不知道。我担心发生了什么事。我有一种预感，她遇到麻烦了
B: Oh, come on now. Don’t jump to conclusions. I’m positive she’ll show up for class soon. You worry too much.噢，别瞎想了。不要妄下结论。她很快就会来上课的。你想的太多了。
A: I can’t help it. It’s just my nature.我就是忍不住，这是我的天性
B: Look, there’s Dr. Lee now. See, I told you not to worry.看，那不是李教授吗。我告诉过你不要担心嘛。
A: I’m so relieved! I guess you’re right. I need to relax and not worry so much.这我就放心了。我想你是对的。我应该放松点，不要那么紧张兮兮
口语要素
★ What’s wrong?怎么回事？
★ It’s not like her to be late. 迟到可不是她的一贯做法。
★ She must have gotten stuck in traffic. 她肯定是遇上塞车了。
★ Don’t jump to conclusions. 不要妄下结论。
★ You worry too much. 你想的太多了。
★ I can’t help it. 我就是忍不住。
★ It’s just my nature. 这是我的天性。
★ I’m so relieved! 这我就放心了。
★ I guess you’re right. 我想你是对的。
3. Thanks for Filling Me In 谢谢你让我知道
A: This seat taken?这儿有人坐吗？
B: No, go ahead, be my guest. I haven’t seen you before. Are you new in engineering?没人，坐吧，请随便。我从没见过你。你是工程系新来的吧？
A: Yeah, I just switched my major from computer science——too much math! I couldn’t take the pressure.对。我刚换了专业，学计算机专业要学太多的数学！我受不了那压力。
B: Well, don’t expect it to be any better here! What’s your name, anyway?
工程系也好不到哪儿去！哦，你叫什么名字？
A: Sam. What’s yours?山姆。你呢？
B: Ben Jones, but everybody calls me “BJ”本·琼斯，但人们都叫我BJ
A: BJ, huh? Well, I’m not going to tell you what my nickname is! Oh, here comes the professor. What’s his name, anyway? Scarey, or something like that?
BJ，对吧？我不会告诉你我的外号的！哦，教授来了！他叫什么来着？“斯凯瑞”？还是什么？
B: James Kerry. But we call him “Big Jim” because he’s so short.
詹姆斯·凯瑞。但是我们都叫他“大吉姆”，因为他太矮了。
A: To his face?当着他的面叫他？
B: No. Are you kidding? He has a bad temper. I know he wouldn’t think it was funny. I think it’s really funny. He is a little guy. He’s not a bad teacher though.不。谁敢呀？他脾气很坏的。他才不会觉得这有趣呢。我觉得实在好笑。他个子不高，但是个不错的老师
A: Well, that’s good to know. Thanks for filling me in.谢谢你让我知道这些，这对我很有用。
B: Anytime.别客气。
口语要素
★ Go ahead. 向前。/尽管去做。
★ Don’t expect it to be any better here! 这儿也好不到哪儿去！
★ To his face? 当着他的面？
★ That’s good to know. 这可是个好消息。
★ Thanks for filling me in. 谢谢你让我知道。
★ Anytime. 别客气。
4．I Can’t Help You Out 我帮不上你的忙
A: Hello.您好。
B: Hello, Tom. This is Don. How are you?你好，汤姆。我是丹。你怎么样？
A: Oh, hi, Don. Just great. How have you been?哦，你好，丹。我很好。你呢？
B: Fine. Listen, Jerry and I wanted to go to a movie tomorrow night, but we don’t have a way to get there. If you drive, we’ll buy the tickets, How about it?
很好。我和杰瑞准备明天晚上去看电影，但是没有车，如果你能开车带我们去，你的电影票我们包了，这个主意怎么样？
A: Well, it sounds like fun, but actually I’ve really got a lot of homework to do.好像是不错，但是我有好多作业要做。
B: Oh, come on, Tom. It’ll be fun. It’s only a few hours. It’ll help you relax. You’ll study better!哦，别这样，汤姆。我们会很开心的，就那么几个小时，你也正好放松一下。这会帮你更好地学习。
A: I really can’t. I’ve got an English exam on Monday and a book report due on Tuesday that I’m really getting nervous about. I don’t think I’d enjoy it much. But thanks a lot for thinking of me. Sorry I can’t help you out.
我真的不能去。我星期一有个英语考试，星期二要交一篇读书报告，这使我很紧张。我看电影也看不到心上。但是谢谢你们还想着我。抱歉我实在是帮不了这个忙。
B: Oh, don’t worry about it. Maybe next time. Good luck on your exam. We’ll be thinking of you!那好，没关系。下次吧。祝你考试顺利。我们会想着你的！
A: Thanks. See you.谢谢。再见。
B: Ok, Bye.好的，再见。
口语要素
★ How are you? 你好吗？
★ How have you been? 你过得好吗？
It sounds like fun. 好像是不错。
Actually I’ve really got a lot of homework to do.我有好多作业要做。
★ Thanks a lot for thinking of me. 谢谢你们还想着我。
★ Sorry I can’t help you out. 抱歉，我实在是帮不了这个忙。
5．Thank You Very Much for Inviting Us 谢谢你的盛情邀请
A: Excuse me, Kim? It’s getting late, so I’m afraid we’ll have to be leaving.
对不起，金姆，时间不早了，我想我们该走了。
B: Oh, so early? It seems like you just got here!哦，这么快就走啊？你们好像才来呀！
A: Well, I’ve got to get up and drive to the airport for an eight o’clock plane tomorrow. We’ve really had a wonderful time, Kim. Thank you very much for inviting us.我明天早上要开车去机场赶8点钟的飞机。我们今晚在这里玩得很开心，金姆。谢谢你的盛情邀请。
B: Say, Sara, why don’t we meet downtown for lunch some day next week? We could talk more then.喂，莎拉，我们何不下周找个时间在城里一起吃顿午饭？那时我们可以多聊一聊。
A: I’d love to!好啊！
B: I’ve heard the Hilton has delicious seafood.我听说希尔顿的海鲜不错。
A: Oh! That sounds wonderful. I love seafood.噢！太好了，我喜欢吃海鲜
B: I’ll give you a call later on and we can decide the time.我回头给你电话再确定时间。
A: Well, it’s been a fantastic evening. Again, thank you very much.好的，我们今晚过得很愉快。再次感谢你。
B: It was my pleasure having you.你的到来是我的荣幸。
A: I’ll look forward to your phone call.我会等你电话的。
B: Thanks again. Good night.再次感谢,晚安
A: Good night.晚安。
口语要素
★ I’m afraid we’ll have to be leaving. 我想我该走了。
★ It seems like you just got here? 你好像才来呀！
★ Thank you very much for inviting us. 谢谢你的盛情邀请。
★ I’d love to! 好啊！
★ That sounds wonderful. 太好了。
★ It was my pleasure having you. 你的到来是我的荣幸。
6．Why Are You Mad at Me你为什么生我的气
A: Hi, What’s new?嗨，最近怎么样？
B: Nothing.没事。
A: What’s your problem? Why are you mad at me?你这是怎么了？你为什么跟我生气？
B: What did you have to go and do that for?你为什么要那样做呢？
A: Do what?做什么？
B: You know what I’m talking about. Why did you go tell Mrs. Lee how much money I’m going to make? Now she’ll go and tell the whole world!你知道我在说什么。你为什么要到李小姐那去说我要挣多少钱？全世界的人都会知道了！
A: Well, I’m sorry. I didn’t think it mattered.噢，对不起。我以为这不要紧的。
B: It does matter. You know how she talks to everybody and their brother! Now the whole town will be asking me for money!怎么会不要紧！你是知道她的，她会告诉所有的人和他们的兄弟！现在全城的人都要向我借钱了！
A: Well, I apologize. I guess I wasn’t thinking. I got all excited.我向你道歉。我当时没想到这个。我只顾高兴了
B: Oh well, it’s done now. I guess it doesn’t matter than much, anyway. They were bound to find out eventually. Everybody in this town’s always interested in gossip.那好吧，反正事情已经发生了。我想这毕竟也没什么大不了。大家最终也会知道的。这个镇上所有的人都喜欢扯闲话。
A: You know, it is a lot of money for a first job…你想，你的第一个工作就挣这么多钱也的确……
B: You think I’ll be able to buy a BMW?你以为我能买一辆宝马车吗？
A: Well, I think you’d better wait and see how much is left after Uncle Sam gets his share!不过，你最好还是看看等纳完税之后还有多少剩余吧！
A: Actually everybody is really impressed.其实所有的人都很羡慕呢。
B: I guess it’s not a big deal after all.我觉得这也没什么大不了的。
A: Any way, I am really sorry. Next time I’ll think before I speak.不管怎样，我感到实在是不好意思。下次说话一定注意。
口语要素
★ What’s new? 最近怎么样？
★ What’s your problem? 你这是怎么了？
★ You know what I’m talking about. 你知道我在说什么。
★ I didn’t think it mattered. 我想这不要紧。
★ I got all excited. 我只顾高兴了。
★ I guess it’s not a big deal after all. 我觉得这也没什么大不了的。
★ Next time I’ll think before I speak. 下次说话一定注意。
7．I Can’t Wait to Go 我等不及要去
A: Hi, Kim. Long time no see.嗨，金姆，好久不见了。
B: I know. I just got back from Tokyo. 是啊。我刚从东京回来
A: I know you travel a lot. I wonder have you by any chance ever been to Beijing?
我知道你经常去旅行。我想知道你有没有机会去过北京？
B: Yes, I have. Actually, I used to live there. Why?去过。我以前还在那里住过呢。为什么问这个？
A: I’m going there with my family for a vacation next month. Can you tell me what it’s like there?我下个月要和家人到那里度假。你能不能告诉我那里怎么样？
B: Well-uh... it’s a very exciting place. As a matter of fact, it’s probably one of the most exciting places I know.这个嘛，那是个激动人心的地方。实际上，那可能是我所知道的最令人向往的地方了。
A: How about the weather… and the people?那里天气怎样……人怎么样？
B: The weather at this time of year is usually cool, and in my opinion, the people there are very friendly.那里现在的天气通常会很凉爽，我认为，那里的人很友好
A: It sounds like a wonderful place.这么说那是个非常棒的地方
B: It is. I’m sure you’ll have a good time there.确实是。你在那里肯定会度过一段美好的时光
A: I can’t wait to go.我都等不及了
B: Be sure to send me a postcard and take lots of pictures.别忘了给我寄张明信片来，多拍一些照片
口语要素
★ Long time no see. 好久不见了。
★ I used to live there. 我以前住在那里。
★ Can you tell me what it’s like there? 你能不能告诉我那里怎么样？
★ It sounds like a wonderful place. 这么说那是个非常棒的地方。
★ I’m sure you’ll have a good time there 你在那里肯定会度过一段美好的时光
★ I can’t wait to go. 我都等不及了。
★ Be sure to send me a postcard and take lots of pictures.别忘了给我寄张明信片来，多拍一些照片。
8．Are You Enjoying Your Stay Here 你喜欢呆在这里吗
A: Thank you for taking the time to be interviewed. Is this your first visit to America?谢谢你抽时间来面试。这是你第一次来美国吗？
B: No, this is my second visit. I first came to America in July 1999. That time I was here on vacation——just sightseeing, but during that trip I decided that I would come to the United States and study English.不，这是第二次。我第一次来是在1999年7月。那次只是观光旅游，但是在旅游的过程中我下定决心一定要来美国学习英语。
A: How long will you be here for this time?你这次来要呆多久？
B: I arrived in January and I’ll stay until December, 2002.我今年1月份来的，将于2002年12月离开。
A: Are you enjoying your stay here?你喜欢呆在这里吗？
B: Yes and no. Some things are much better than I expected but other things are not so good. I enjoy my lessons very much but I sometimes find it difficult to practice my oral English. American people are very kind but it seems they don’t have time to talk with people from abroad.喜欢也不喜欢。有些事情比我想象中的要好，但有些却不尽人意。我很喜欢所上的课程，但是有时候说英语有困难。美国人很友好，但是看来他们没有时间和一个外国人讲英语。
A: Are you learning English for any particular reason?你学英语有没有什么特别的原因？
B: Yes. At home in China I work in advertising and many of the words we use are English, so I want to understand English better because that will help my job.
有。在中国我是做广告的，有很多情况下要用到英语，所以我想提高英语水平，把工作做得更好。
A: Did you learn English at home in China before you came to study English here?
你来这里之前在中国学过英语吗？
B: Sure. When I was a student in China I studied English for six years. But that was a long time ago and in the meantime I forgot all my grammar. So before I came to America I went to English classes for two hours each week for six months. Now I study 20 hours each week and sometimes I have an extra lesson.
学过。我在中国上学的时候学了6年英语。但那是很久以前的事了，语法也早就全忘光了。在来美国之前我每周去上两个小时的英语课，一共上了半年。现在我每周学20个小时的英语，有时候还会更多。
9．Welcome to Li Yang Crazy English Company欢迎到李阳疯狂英语公司来
A: Hello. Welcome to Li Yang Crazy English Company你好。欢迎你到李阳疯狂英语公司来。
B: Hello. And Good morning. I’m George Chen.你好，早上好。我是乔治·陈。
A: Nice to meet you George. I’m glad you’ll be working for us. We’re like a big family here. We all work together as a team.乔治,很高兴见到你,我很高兴你能到我们这里来工作,我们这就像是一个大家庭,所有的人工作在一起,就像一个团队
B: That’s great. I’m eager to start.太好了。我都等不及要开始工作了
A: Well, let me tell you about some of our policies and practices here.好的，那我就把这里的规章制度先跟你说一下。
B: All right. That will be a big help. I’m fresh out of college.好的。那会对我帮助很大。我刚从学校毕业
A: We requite all our employees to arrive for work on time and we insist that they keep their lunch hours to a reasonable length.我们要求员工准时到岗，而且午餐的时间不要过长
B: I understand. That seems easy to follow.我明白,这很容易做到
A: Employee character is very important to us. We expect everyone here at LYCE to be industrious, cooperative, honest and open-minded.员工性格很重要。我们希望李阳疯狂英语公司的的员工勤奋、协作、诚实、开明
B: I’m very glad to hear that. I think I possess all of those qualities.
很高兴听到这些。上述素质我都具备。
A: We also try to do the best we can for our employees. We feel obligated to provide a safe working environment, and we make every effort to listen to our employees’ concerns.我们也努力为员工创造最好的条件。我们有责任为员工提供一个安全可靠的工作环境，我们也聆听员工们的呼声
B: That’s very admirable. That’s also one of the reasons I wanted to work here.
那好极了。这也是我想到这里工作的原因之一
A: Now, perhaps you have some questions. Is there any additional information I can provide?现在你可能有些问题要问吧。你还想了解些什么呢？
B: Yes,As a matter of fact. I have a few questions.是的,我有好几个问题要问呢
A: Certainly. Go ahead!尽管问吧！
B: Will I be required to have a medical examination before I start work?我开始上班之前要不要进行体格检查？
A: Yes, definitely. But the company will cover the expense.是的，一定要体检。但是公司会出这笔钱。
B: And would I have to go through special training or preparations for the job?
我要不要通过一些特殊的岗前培训？
A: Yes, you would. Our company believes in employee training and self-improvement.是的，要参加培训。我们公司秉承员工培训和个人成长的信念
B: And would it be necessary for me to work on weekends?我在周末有没有必要加班？
A: No, that wouldn’t be necessary.不必。
B: And one more question: do employees here have to go through a probation period?
还有一个问题：这里的员工有没有试用期？
A: No, they don’t. Once you are hired you have the same rights and great privileges as other employees.没有,你一旦被录用了,就享有和其他员工一样的权利
B: I see. That’s great.我明白了。太好了。
A: Do you have any other questions?你还有别的问题吗？
B: No, I don’t think so. You’ve been so helpful.我想没有了,你帮我解决了很多疑问
A:All right. I’m glad to hear that.好的，很高兴你这么说
B:Well,I’ve probably taken up enough of your time.我占用你的时间已经够多了
A: We’ll talk again soon.我们很快会再见的。
B: I’ve enjoyed talking with you. Thank you very much.我很喜欢跟你谈话,谢谢。
A: You’re very welcome.不用客气。
口语要素
★ Welcome to Li Yang Crazy English Company. 欢迎你到李阳疯狂英语公司来。
★ Nice to meet you.很高兴见到你。
★ All right. 好的。
★ That will be a big help. 那会对我帮助很大。
★ I’m fresh out of college. 我刚从学校毕业。
★ That seems easy to follow. 这很容易做到。
★ The company will cover the expense. 公司会出这笔钱。
★ Would I have to go through special training or preparations for the job?我要不要通过一些特殊的岗前培训？
Do employees here have to go through a probation period? 这里的员工有没有试用期？
★ I see. 我明白了。
★ That’s great. 太好了。
★ Do you have any other questions? 你还有别的问题吗？
★ That wouldn’t be necessary. 不必。
★ I’m glad to hear that. 很高兴你这么说。
★ I’ve probably taken up enough of your time. 我占用你的时间已经够多的了。
★ We’ll talk again soon. 我们很快会再见的。
★ I’ve enjoyed talking with you.我很喜欢跟你谈话。
★ You’re very welcome. 不用客气。
A: What do you miss most about China while you are here in America?你身在美国，最想念中国的什么？
B: I miss real Chinese food. I miss my mother’s cooking and of course I miss my whole family very much.我怀念正宗的中国菜。我怀念我妈妈做的饭。当然了，我非常想念我的家人。
口语要素
★ Thank you for talking the time to be interviewed. 谢谢你抽时间来面试。
★ Is this your first visit to America? 这是你第一次来美国吗？
★ How long will you be here for this time? 你这次来要呆多久？
★ Are you enjoying your stay here? 你喜欢呆在这里吗？
李阳英语疯狂英语初级对话宝典（二）
PART 2：PRIMARY DIALOGUES初级对话
下面的20段对话主要是围绕初到美国的中国学生的学习生活而展开的。有初到异乡的困惑，有学习中不可避免的障碍，有对美国花花世界的猜测，也有低头思故乡的酸涩。对话中讨论的话题，都是最基本、最实用的。如果将这20段对话连接起来，就构成了一幅中国学生在国外的生活画面。
How Long Will It Take to Learn English学会英语要多长时间
【背景介绍】初到美国的中国学生，往往要先过语言关，然后才可以选修其他的课程。下面这段对话就是一个正在进修语言的中国学生的困惑
A: How long will it take to learn English? Will I be able to take other courses next semester or will English take up all of my time? 学会英语要花多长时间?我下学期可不可以选修别的课程？还是要把英语一直学下去?
B: It’s hard to say. Language isn’t like other studies. 很难说。语言不同于其它的学问
A: You mean I could finish this course and still not know English? You’ve got to be kidding! 你是说我修完了这门课还是不懂英文? 你在开玩笑吧！
B: I’m not kidding. Learning a language is a question of forming language habits and that takes time. 绝无戏言。这是一个养成语言习惯的问题，得花不少时间
A: So do we have to stay in this English class forever? 那我们一辈子都得留在英语班了吗?
B: No. You just have to stay here long enough to get some orientation. Then you go on practicing and learning outside. A lot of learning depends on your personal motivation. 那倒不必。你要在班上待到获得一些学习的方法为止。然后你就可以在课外练习和进修了。学习很多时候是要靠你的个人动力
A: So it’s really the same story. Practice, practice, practice and more practice is the only way to learn a language.还是那句话，操练，操练，再操练是学习一门语言的唯一办法
B: You said it.你说对了！
口语要素
★ It’s hard to say. 很难说。
★ Certainly. 当然了。
超级短语
be able to 能，会
* Will you be able to come with me tomorrow? 明天你能跟我一起来吗?
* I haven’t been able to get in touch with her.我尚未能和她取得联系
go on 继续
* Don’t keep me in suspense. Go on with the story!别吊我胃口，接着讲！
* I just wanted to look for a book. You can go on with your work.我只是来找一本书，你继续工作吧。
超级句型 You mean 你的意思是说……
* You mean we can finish this course and still not know English? 你是说我们修完了这门课还是不懂英文?
* You mean I don’t need to come to work tomorrow?你是说我明天不用来上班了？
★ It’s a question of 是……的问题
* It’s a question of forming language habits and that takes time.这是一个养成语言习惯的问题，得花不少时间。
* It’s a question of attitude, not action.这是个态度问题，而无关行动。
精彩句子
★You stay here long enough to get some orientation. Then you go on practicing and learning outside.你在班上待到获得一些学习的方法为止。然后你就可以在课外练习和进修了。
语法点滴 一般将来时：表示即将发生的动作
* How long will it take to learn English? 学会英语要花多长时间?
* Will I be able to take other courses next semester?我下学期能选修别的课程吗?
* When will you finish the term paper?你什么时候能完成学期论文？
* What are you going to do during the National Day vacation?国庆节放假期间你准备做什么？
* We’re going to Hawaii to spend our honeymoon next week.下个星期我们要到夏威夷去度蜜月。
2. Americans Have So Much Money 美国人好有钱
A: I used to think that Americans had so much money they didn’t know what to do with it. 从前我老以为美国人都好有钱，却不知道该怎么花。
B: You did?你真这么想?
A: Yes. But now I’ve learned differently. Now I have a more realistic opinion.
是呀。不过我已经知道不是这么回事了。现在我的看法更实际。
B: What do you think now? 那你现在怎么想?
A: There are lots of jobs, and almost everybody works. There is a high standard of living. People earn a lot, but they spend a lot to live. So there isn’t so much money after all. 美国有许多行业，而且几乎人人都工作。生活水准高，个人收入多，但生活开支也大。所以最后也没剩多少钱。
B: But I still say Americans spend a lot more money on useless things than we Chinese do.但我还是认为美国人比我们中国人爱乱花钱。
A: That’s true. But Americans work hard for their money like we do. I don’t know why our spending habits are so different.
那倒是。但是美国人和我们一样努力地工作。我不知道为什么两国的消费习惯这么不同
额外成就感 used to 过去常常
* I used to go to English salon on Sundays. 我以前常在周日去参加英语沙龙。
* I used to live in Beijing.我以前住在北京
after all 毕竟；结果；虽然
* I’m so sorry. I can’t come after all.对不起，结果我还是不能来。
* It’s not surprising you’ve got stomachache. After all, you’ve eaten too much.
你的胃痛并不奇怪，毕竟你吃得实在太多了。
* I know he hasn’t finished the work, but after all, he’s done his best.
我知道他未完成这项工作，但毕竟他尽力了。
3. Could You Explain a Little More你能再解释一下吗
A: What do you think is harder, reading or writing?
你认为读和写哪个比较难?
B: Well, they’re completely different. Reading is passive, and writing is active.
它们是截然不同的两码事，读是被动的，写是主动的。
A: I don’t think I understand what you mean. Could you explain a little more?
我不知道你说的是什么意思，能不能再给我稍微解释一下?
B: In reading you need to recognize language by seeing the words on the page and knowing what they are. In writing you have to produce language, you have to create your own words on a blank page. 阅读是认识纸上现有的语言文字，而写作是在白纸上用自己的话创造语言。
A: Oh, now I see what you mean. When you’re reading, you are just looking, but when you are writing, you are actually doing something! 哦，我明白你的意思了。读只是浏览，而写却是创造。
B: A reading knowledge of a language is larger and different from a writing knowledge. Don’t you think so? 一种语言的阅读知识要比写作知识来得广泛而且大不相同。你难道不同意吗？
A: I think I see what you mean. I can read Shakespeare but I definitely can’t write it. 我想我懂你的意思了。我可以阅读莎士比亚的作品，但却写不出来
B: Exactly.对极了
A: So I have another question for you. What do you think is harder, speaking or understanding? 我还有一个问题。你认为听和说哪个比较难?
B: They’re both harder than reading or writing. 两个都比读和写难
A: In what way? 在哪一方面?
B: Because they are direct communication with another person, and there’s a time limit. This time limit is the most serious problem for foreigners, even for those who know lots of English. 因为他们直接与他人沟通，而且还有时间上的限制。时间上的限制对外国人来说是最严重的问题，甚至对那些懂得很多英文的人也是如此。
A: You are making me feel really discouraged. 你弄得我好泄气
B: I’m not trying to discourage you. I’m trying to help you. You have to live with these difficulties. Isn’t it better to know about them? The more you know about what you have to face, the better you’ll do. I promise!我不是在打击你，而是想帮你。你总得面对这些困难，了解了这些困难不是更好吗? 你对要面对的问题了解越多，就会做得越好，我向你保证。
额外成就感 be different from 与……不同
* My opinion is different from yours.我和你的意见相左。
* City life is very different from country life.都市生活和乡村生活是非常不同的。
* Chinese culture is very different from American culture.中美文化存在着很大的差异。
can not see 不明白
* I can not see any difference between them. They’re both handsome!我看不出他们有什么差别，他们都很英俊！
* I can’t see why she’s so against the idea. 我不明白她为何如此反对这个意见。
live with 接受；承认；忍受
* Can you live with this arrangement?你能接受这样的安排吗?
* You must learn to live with the fact that you are getting old.你必须学会接受你渐渐变老这个事实。
* I don’t enjoy the situation, but I can live with it.我不喜欢这样的情形，但我能够忍受。
4．Don’t Worry about Making Mistakes 不要担心犯错误
A: I’ve always wondered, what’s the difference between English for Chinese students and English for native students? 我一直弄不明白，中国学生学英语和美国学生学英语有什么不同?
B: I don’t know. What do you think? 不知道，你觉得呢?
A: I think a Chinese student concentrates on written English, and uses it as a basis for communicating. From start to finish he’s learning vocabulary and fundamentals of grammar. This is a very difficult way to learn.我认为中国学生注重书面语言，而且以此来交流。他们从始至终都在背单词和学语法基础。这是一种很困难的学习方法
B: What do natives get?那美国人呢?
A: They get higher level English, which is more formal than everyday spoken English. They also deal with matters of style and creativity 他们注重比口语更为正规和高级的成文英语。他们也学习文体和创作
B: Do you mean that a native doesn’t make any mistakes in grammar? 你说美国本土人都不会犯语法错误吗?
A: Absolutely not! Native speakers make a lot of grammar mistakes, especially if they come from a home where nonstandard English is spoken. 当然不是！他们同样犯很多错误，尤其是来自一个说不标准英语的家庭的人
B: I suppose that only a small percentage of college students don’t know standard English in American universities. 我想在美国大学里只有极少数的大专学生不懂得标准英语
A: Actually there are more non-native speakers than you think. That’s why it’s so important to quit worrying about making mistakes. Just talk to everyone every chance you get.实际上在美国的非英语母语者要比你想象的多。这就是为什么你不必担心犯错误。见到人就说，不放过每一个练英语的机会
额外成就感 concentrate on 专心于，专注于
* I must concentrate on my new task.我必需专注于我的新任务。
* He concentrated his energies on studying. 他把精力专注于研究。
* Many firms are concentrating on increasing their markets overseas许多公司正在集中精力开拓它们的海外市场。
deal with 安排；处理
I think this problem should be dealt with quickly. 我认为这个问题应及早处理。
That man is easy to deal with. 那个人容易相处。
* I just don’t know how to deal with this problem.我就是不知道该怎么处理这个问题
due to 由于；应归于
* His success is entirely due to hard work. 他的成功是努力工作的结果。
* The airport was closed due to the crisis.机场由于危情而关闭。
5．Are You New In this Class你刚到这个班上吗
A: Hi. Are you new in this class? 你刚到这个班上吗?
B: Yes, I am. I really don’t know anyone. 是的，我谁也不认识。
A: Did you just arrive in this country? You look a little nervous. 你是不是刚到这个国家? 你看上去有点拘束
B: No. I was here last semester, but I didn’t find out about this class in time. So I’m taking it this semester. 不是，我上学期就来了。不过我没赶上这班，所以这学期才上。
A: I took this course last semester too. Now I am taking it again! 我上学期就在学这门课，现在又在学！
B: How is it? Do you learn anything here? Why are you taking it again? 这课怎样? 你学了什么没有? 你为什么再学一遍呀？
A: Wow, you have a lot of questions! I learned a lot. In fact, that’s why I am taking it again. I get lots of practice in speaking, and also in writing. I’m sure you’ll be glad you took this course. I’ll even help you study if you’d like.
哇，你问的问题真多！我学到了很多东西，实际上，这也是为什么我又学一遍的原因。在这门课上，我有很多练习会话和写作的机会。我相信你也会喜欢这门课的。如果你愿意的话，我还可以帮你。
B: That’s just what I need. Thanks so much. You’ve been a big help already.
这正是我所要的。非常感谢。你已经帮了我个大忙了
额外成就感 in time 及时；最终（经过一段时间）
* We were just in time to catch the train. 我们正好赶上那趟火车。
* These problems will straighten out in time. 这些问题终究会解决的
6. Tell Me About this Campus告诉我一些这个学校的事
A: Excuse me, I would like to know something about this campus. Right now it seems very big and confusing! I have no idea where I am going or what I am doing. 对不起，打扰一下，我想了解一些关于这个学校的事。现在我觉得它太大了，把人搞糊涂了。我连去哪和做什么都搞不清
B: Do you have a map of the campus? 你有没有校区地图?
A: Yes, I have, but it doesn’t help me very much. I’m not very good at reading maps. 有，不过也没多大用处。我不怎么会看地图
B: Do you know where your classes are? 你知不知道你的教室在哪里?
A: More or less. I go to three different buildings, and always get there late. I feel so hopeless. I don’t know why I am late all the time. No one else seems to be.多少知道一点。我要到三栋不同的大楼上课，老是迟到，真是没没希望。我也不知道为什么总是迟到，别人怎么就不迟到
B: That’s because you don’t know the short cuts. You’ll learn them after a while. I can show you the ropes 那是因为你不会抄小路。不久以后你就会知道了。我可以告诉你这窍门
额外成就感 right now 立刻，马上
* You must leave right now or you’ll miss your flight.你必须马上出发否则就误了航班
* I have no time right now to discuss your problems. 我现在没时间讨论你的问题
more or less 或多或少；差不多
* He is more or less a jerk.他或多或少是个混球
* They’ve more or less finished their work. 他们已差不多完成了工作
show you the ropes 指点窍门
*This is a new member of our organization, Show him the ropes, will you?
这是我们单位新来的人。你向他指点一下工作好吗？
7． I’m Afraid To Speak English我怕说英语
A: Can I ask you a question?我能问你个问题吗？
B: Sure, go ahead.当然了，问吧。
A: How do you get along with the American students in your classes?
你跟班上的美国同学相处得怎样?
B: I don’t have much contact with them. 没什么来往
A: Really? Why not? Don’t you go up and talk to them? 真的? 为什么？你不跟他们攀谈吗?
B: No, I don’t. I’m too afraid of making mistakes in English. I don’t want to be laughed at.不，我怕说错，怕别人笑话我
A: You won’t get anywhere that way. You’re the one who needs to practice English, so you should make the first move. Besides, most American students are really friendly and outgoing. They will be glad to talk to you.你这样子不行。是你需要练习英语，所以你要主动地找别人讲话。再说，大多数美国同学都很友好而且很外向，他们会很乐意跟你说英语的
B: Thanks for the advice. I guess you’re right. It’s just hard to overcome my shyness. I really will try from now on. I promise.谢谢你的建议。我想你说得对。我就是克服不了胆怯。从现在起我一定要试着开口，我保证
额外成就感 contact with 接触；联系
* They have many contacts with undergraduates. 他们和大学生有许多接触。
* We have a lot of contact with local people. 我们与当地人交往密切。
8． What Does The Paper Say报上说些什么
A: Good morning.早上好
B: Good morning.早上好
A: What does the paper say? 报上说些什么?
B: Nothing much—the same old stuff. A lot of bad news as usual.
没什么------还不是老一套，坏消息连篇
A: Well, what’s the weather report? 天气预报说什么?
B: Sunny and mild today, cloudy and rainy tomorrow. 今天晴朗温和，明天多云有雨
A: Did they find those bank robbers? 抢银行的歹徒找到没有?
B: Not yet. They were holding two men in Ohio, but they let them go. They weren’t the criminals after all. 还没有。他们在俄亥俄州抓到两个人，可是又放走了。他们毕竟不是罪犯
A: What about the sports page? What were the scores of last night’s games?
体育版说了些什么？昨天晚上的比赛结果是什么？
B: Here’s the paper; you can read them yourself. 给你报纸，自己看。
额外成就感 let go 放；释放；放开
The police had to let the suspect go because they had no evidence由于没有证据，警方只得释放疑犯。
“Let me go.” She cried angrily“放开我！”她生气地叫喊道。
9．I Worry about Everything我无事不愁
A: I really want to take a nap. I feel very sleepy today真想睡一下，我今天觉得好困
B: What’s the matter? Didn’t you get enough sleep last night?怎么了? 你昨天晚上没睡好吗?
A: I fell asleep very late. It was almost two o’clock in the morning when I finally fell asleep.我很晚才睡着。那时都快两点了
B: Are you worried about something? Why couldn’t you sleep? 你在发愁吧? 为什么睡不着觉呢？
A: You know how it is when you’re in a strange country. Everything is new, and you get tired and nervous sometimes. Then you worry about your family, about conditions back home, about your courses, about your money, about everything. I tried to fall asleep but I just had too much on my mind.
你知道身在异乡的滋味。凡事都不习惯，有时把人搞得既疲倦又紧张。担心家里的人，担心国内的情况，担心自己的功课，担心钱，总之，无事不愁。我想睡觉，但脑子里装的事太多了。
B: Well, take it easy. Things will look better tomorrow. Maybe you should try exercising or a hot bath to help you relax.唉，想开一点。明天就好了。你试着做点锻炼或是洗个热水澡，或许能有助睡眠
A: Anything is worth a try. But right now I really just want to find a quiet place to take a nap任何办法都值得一试。但是现在我真得找个安静的地方去小睡一会儿
额外成就感 worry about 担心
* I have nothing to worry about in this life. 我这一生没有什么烦恼的事。
* He is always worrying about his personal gains. 他总是计较个人得失。
10. All Americans Look Alike美国人长得都一个样
A: I really think all Americans look alike.我真的觉得美国人长得都一个样
B: You’re crazy!You haven’t been here long enough. 你瞎说！你在美国住的时间还不长吧
A: But they do 他们长得确实是一个样啊
B: What makes you say that? 何以见得?
A: They wear the same clothes, they’re all blond, they all drive cars, they all own Parker fountain pens; they all drink Coca Cola, and they all chew gum.他们穿一样的衣服，都是金发碧眼；都开着车子；都有派克钢笔；都喝可口可乐，而且都嚼口香糖
B: I disagree with you. They don’t all wear the same clothes; they’re definitely not all blond; they don’t all own Parker fountain pens; they don’t all drink Coca Cola, and they don’t all chew gum. I do think they all drive cars though! But that doesn’t have anything to do with how they look！我不同意你的看法。他们并不都穿一样的衣服；也不全是金发碧眼；不是每个人都有派克钢笔；也不全喝可口可乐，更不都嚼口香糖，而且也不是所有的人都开车！但这和他们的长相也没关呀！
A：Maybe I am just homesick. I know you’re right. I just miss China, that’s all.
可能是我想家吧。我知道你是对的。只是因为我想家，想中国
额外成就感 enough 足够的，够用的
* Do you have enough money for the taxi fare? 你有足够的钱支付出租汽车的车费吗?
I can’t thank you enough for helping me with my English.你帮我学英语真让我感激不尽
* I don’t know him well enough to ask him for help.我和他不够熟，不便向他求助
11．I Never Know When to Shake Hands我该什么时候握手
A: I have a real problem when I meet people.我在和人会面的时候有个问题。
B: What is it? Maybe I can help.什么疑问？或许我能帮你
A: I never know when to shake hands and when not to. Can you tell me something about it?我不知道该在什么时候握手，什么时候不握手。你能不能告诉我有关这方面的事?
B: Do you come from a country where they shake hands? 你们国家的人握手吗?
A: Oh yes. Men, women, and children shake hands all the time.握呀。男人、女人、小孩、时时刻刻都在握手。
B: It’s very simple. Men shake hands, women and children don’t 那很简单。男人握手，女人和小孩不握。
A: But some women do shake hands. And now a lot of children have such good manners, they shake hands too. 可是有些女人也握手呀。而且现在很多有礼貌的孩子也握手。
B: Well, a good rule to follow is, for men you hold out your hand, for women and children, you wait and see what they do.你就遵循这条原则：对男人你先伸手，对女人和孩子就看他们怎么做。
A: That sounds easy enough. 这听上去再简单不过了。
B: Sure. Once you get the hang of it, it’s a piece of cake! It’s nothing to worry about.可不是嘛。你一旦掌握了窍门，那就成了小菜一碟！没什么可担心的。
额外成就感 all the time 总是，一直
* They were laughing all the time.他们一直笑个不停。
hold out 维持; 伸出
* Our food supplies won’t hold out long. 我们的食品供应维持不了多久
get the hang of 掌握窍门
* I’ll get the hang of it pretty soon.我很快就能掌握它的窍门。
12．Have You Got a Scholarship你有奖学金吗
A: Do you mind if I ask you a question？If it’s too personal you can forget it.
我想问个问题你介意吗？如果涉及到隐私那就不用回答。
B: I don’t mind at all. You can ask me anything. We’re friends.一点也不介意。你可以问任何问题。我们是朋友嘛。
A: Have you got a scholarship, or are you on your own? 你有奖学金还是自费?
B: I have a scholarship from my government for four years. How about you?我们政府给我四年奖学金，你呢?
A: I have a tuition scholarship from the university. Otherwise I’m on my own.
学校只让我免缴学费，其余还是自掏腰包
B: Do you mean that you’re self-supporting? I didn’t even know you had a job!
这么说你是自己维持了？我都不知道你还有份工作！
A: Oh no. My family supports me. And believe me, changing foreign money into dollars is heart breaking. You seem to get so little in return. 喔，不是。我靠我家里。说真的，用外币换美元真是件伤感情的事，一换就没多少钱了
B: Yeah, I really know the feeling. I can’t wait to graduate so I can get a good job and earn my own money.是呀，这种感觉我太清楚了。我恨不得马上毕业找个好工作，那我就可以花自己的钱了。
额外成就感 on one’s own 靠自己，独自
* He got the job on his own. 他靠自己的力量得到了那份工作
* She would always sit in a corner on her own. 她总是独自一人坐在一个角落里
in return 作为回报
* He didn’t expect anything in return for his help. 他帮助人并不期待任何回报。
* If you give me your photo, I’ll give you mine in return.你若送我一张照片，我便回赠一张给你
13．How Do You Improve Your English 你怎样提高英语
A: Do you mind if I ask you a question?我问你个问题你介意吗？
B: No, not at all. Go ahead.不介意。问吧。
A: What do you do in order to improve your English?你怎样提高你的英语？
B: I go to movies; I go to lectures; I listen to the radio; I do lots of things. Most importantly, I practice every chance I get.我看电影，听演讲，听广播，方法很多。最重要的是，我抓住每一个可以练英语的机会。
A: It’s a good idea to have a radio, isn’t it?有收音机倒是学英语的好办法，对不对？
B: Sure. It’s like understanding on the telephone——you can’t see the speaker! It’s great for improving listening comprehension.对。就好像是接电话一样，你看不到对方！这对提高听力很有帮助。
A: It takes a long time to learn a language, doesn’t it?学语言要很长的时间，对不对？
B: It certainly does. But if you practice speaking every spare minute and learn useful sentences every day you can make big progress.当然是了。但如果你每天都利用零碎时间苦练说，而且说实用的句子，那你会进步很快
额外成就感 in order to 为了；以便
* I decide to go to England in order to improve my English.
为了提高我的英语，我决定去英国。
14．What Words Do I Need to Know 我该了解些什么
A:I was wondering if you could help me with something.我想知道你可不可以帮我个忙
B: Sure, anything you say说吧。
A: Actually, it’s a little bit silly.实际上，这个问题有点可笑
B: Don’t worry about it, just ask.别担心，说吧
A: What words do I need to know to buy a pair of shoes?我买双鞋子该说些什么?
B: You need to know the type of shoe you want.你只要知道你要的式样就行了
A: Don’t worry about that. I can point it out in the store.这个不用担心，我在店里可以指给他们看
B: The shoes can be comfortable or not comfortable, too wide, too narrow, or just right; and long or short. In girls shoes, the heel can be high or low.鞋子可能会舒服或不舒服;可能会太大、太小，或正好合脚;也可能会长或短,女鞋的跟也许会高或矮
A: Let me write all that down. I’m going shopping this afternoon. 我把这些话写下来好了，我今天下午就去买。
额外成就感 point out 指出
* I pointed out to him where I used to live.我指给他看我以前住过的地方。
* May I point out that if we don’t leave now we’ll miss the movie.我想提醒大家，如果现在还不动身，我们就赶不上看电影了。
* He pointed out that the project lacked one important thing.他指出，那项计划有个严重的缺陷。
write down 写下；记下
* Write the address down before you forget it.把这地址写下来，免得忘了。
* I write down her telephone number in my notebook. 我在笔记簿上记下了她的电话号码。
15．Are Americans Romantic美国人浪漫吗
A: You know, I really don’t think Americans are very romantic.我认为美国人并不很浪漫。
B: Where did you get that idea? 你怎么会有这种想法?
A: That’s the impression I get from the movies, and from looking around. Men and women seem very businesslike in their relations with each other. 我是从看电影和对周围事物的观察而得到这个结论的。男女间的关系似乎很实际。
B: Well, I’m still not sure what you’re asking me. 我还是不太明白你说的是什么
A: Is it true or isn’t it?你说是对还是不对呢？
B: Do you want to know something about the American character? 你想不想了解一下美国人的性格?
A: I just think you’re trying to change the subject. But go ahead. 我看你是想改变话题吧。好了，说吧
B: No, this will help answer your question. In American society boys and girls are raised together. They’re not segregated in their activities! Boys and girls go out together from an early age.不，这有助于回答你的问题。在美国社会里，男孩和女孩是在一起长大的。他们在活动中，并不加以隔离。美国的男孩和女孩从小就可以一块出去玩
A: OK, go on. 是，继续说
B: After being raised together, men and women can be businesslike in each other’s company. It really doesn’t have anything to do with the way a man and woman behave toward each other when they are in love. Does that answer your question? 等到他们一起长大成人后，男女之间在工作中的关系就会处理得条理分明，但这和他们在恋爱中的表现是没有一点关系的。这个答案你满意了吧?
A: Not exactly, but I see your point 还好。不过我明白你的意思
B: I think Americans are pretty romantic when they are in a relationship and a lot of flirting goes on in every office. After you’ve been in America for a while, you will probably see what I mean.我觉得美国人恋爱起来挺浪漫的，甚至在办公室也有很多调情的场面。等你在美国呆久了，就会明白我的意思了
额外成就感 go ahead 向前
* Go straight ahead. 一直向前走。
* Go ahead, we’re all ears. 讲吧，我们都听着呢
A: I was thinking about taking an English course this summer.我今年夏天想上个英语班。
B: Go ahead, I think that’s a great idea.去吧，是个好主意
16. We’re Starting A Soccer Team我们要组织一个足球队
A: Hi Jim. Do you have a minute?嗨，吉姆。你有空吗？
B: Sure, what’s up?有，什么事？
A: Some of us are going to start a soccer team. Would you like to join us?我们几个要组织一个足球队，你要不要参加?
B: I don’t know anything about it. Soccer isn’t as popular in my country as it is here.我对足球一窍不通。我们国家跟这不一样，不兴踢足球
A: That’s all right. We’ll teach you.没关系，我们会教你的
B: Is it anything like American football?足球跟橄榄球一样吗?
A: Not very much. It’s something like hockey, except that you use a big ball and no stick.不大一样。足球有点像曲棍球，不过足球是用大球，而且没有球棍
B: I’ll come down and watch you play some day, and see what it’s like. 回头我去看你们踢球，看看究竟是什么样子。
A: Good idea. I think you’ll like it if you give it a chance.好。我相信你一试就会喜欢上它的。
额外成就感 watch 注视；观察；看护
* Did you watch the tennis match? 你看了网球比赛没有?
* Watch the cars when you cross the street. 过马路时，要注意车辆。
* He watched to see what would happen. 他注意观察会发生什么事。
* She watched the patient all night. 她整夜看护那位病人。
17．How Do I Get to the Bank去银行怎么走
A: Pardon me, Ma’am. Can you tell me how to get to the Business Bank? 对不起，太太，您能不能告诉我到商业银行怎么走?
B: Sure. Turn right at the next corner, and keep on going for two blocks. 当然可以。下个拐角右转，再走两个街区就到了
A: Which side of the street is it on?银行在街的哪一边?
B: The left-hand side. It’s on a corner. Are you a stranger in town? 在左手边的拐角上。你对本地不熟吗?
A: I’m a stranger in this country. I just arrived from China.我对这个国家很陌生，我刚从中国来
B: My God! You are far from home! 天哪！你真是远道而来
额外成就感 keep on 继续；坚持
*In spite of the noise outdoors,she kept on reading.她无视外面的嘈杂声,继续读书
* He kept on asking silly questions.他反复问些愚蠢的问题
far from 远非；完全不
I am far from pleased with your behavior.对你的行为我很不满意
* She realized this was far from the truth.她意识到这决非事实
18．How Often Do the Buses Run公共汽车多久一班
A: Excuse me, could you answer a few questions for me?对不起，打扰一下，你能回答我几个问题吗？
B: Sure.可以。
A: How often do the buses run?公共汽车多久一班?
B: They come by every fifteen or twenty minutes.每十五或二十分钟一班
A: How late do they run?开到多晚?
B: Till around midnight, I think.我想半夜才收班
A: How much is the fare? 一张票多少钱?
B: A dollar.一美元
A: OK, thanks, you’ve really been a big help. I’m sorry to bother you.
好的，谢谢。你帮了我大忙。很抱歉打扰你。
额外成就感 till 直到；在……以前
* I’ll be here till 10 o’clock tomorrow. 我一直到明天10点都会在这里。
* My son often sits up surfing the internet till late at night.我儿子常常上网到很晚才睡觉。
19． I’m Just Feeling Homesick 我只是有点想家
A: Hi, John. What’s up?嗨，约翰，最近好吗？
B: Hi. Not much. I’m just miserable as usual.嗨，不怎么样。跟以前一样难过。
A: What’s the matter with you? Don’t you feel well?你怎么了？不舒服吗？
B: I feel terrible. I can’t get used to the food; I can’t get along with the people here. I don’t like these customs——I wish I were back home.我感觉糟透了。我吃不惯这里的食物，跟这的人也相处不好。我不喜欢这里的风俗习惯――真想马上回家。
A: Do you eat everything back home? Have you got lots of friends in your country?
你在国内是不是想吃什么就吃什么？是不是有很多朋友？
B: What are you trying to say?你在说什么呀？
A: That maybe you have some of these same feelings back home. They just seem stronger now because you’re in a strange place. Have you thought about it?
也许你在国内也会有同样的感受，只不过你现在在一个陌生的地方，这种感觉就更强烈。你想过这个问题吗？
B: No, I guess I feel this way at home sometimes too.是啊,我在家有时也有这种感受
A: Maybe you’re just in a bad mood. Don’t worry. It will pass也许你只是心情不好。别担心，一切都会过去的。
B: I hope so. 但愿如此。
A: Why don’t you do something you enjoy to take your mind off your troubles?
你为什么不做点你喜欢的事来缓解一下烦恼呢？
B: Thanks for the advice. I’m just feeling homesick I guess.谢谢你的建议。我只是有点想家了。
额外成就感 get along with 与……相处；进展
* How are you getting along with your new girlfriend? 你和新女友相处得如何?
* How are you getting along with your work? 你的工作进展如何?
* They just can’t get along with each other. 他们就是合不来。
20. America Is So Different from China 美国跟中国差别太大了
A: Hi, Jim, how are you doing?嗨，吉姆，你好吗？
B: Not too bad. It’s hard getting used to so many things. America is so different from China.还行,一下子适应这么多新东西是件不容易的事。美国跟中国差别太大了
A: How do American students compare with students in your country?美国学生和你们国家的学生相比怎样？
B: Our students are more serious. Much more serious.我们国家的学生比较认真。远远比美国学生认真
A: What outside interest do they have?他们有些什么课外兴趣呢？
B: Some students are interested in music, sports or relationships, but there really isn’t much time to pursue outside interests.有的喜欢音乐、体育或交友，但他们追求课外兴趣的时间却很少
A: Wow! That is different from America.哇！那跟美国不一样。
B: It’ s just one difference. 这只是一点差别。
A: Well, I’m sure having extra free time shouldn’t be too tough to get used to.
我想你肯定不太难适应拥有这么多的业余时间。
B: No, it will be great. I am already thinking about all the great things I can do.是啊，这样才好。我已经想了很多可以做的事了。
A: Just don’t get carried away and forget all about your studies.只是别太离谱，忘了功课。
额外成就感be serious about 认真对待
* Is he serious about wanting to be a doctor? 他真的想当一名医生吗?
* Are you really serious about him? 你对他真的有意思吗?
下面的20段对话主要是围绕初到美国的中国学生的学习生活而展开的。有初到异乡的困惑，有学习中不可避免的障碍，有对美国花花世界的猜测，也有低头思故乡的酸涩。对话中讨论的话题，都是最基本、最实用的。如果将这20段对话连接起来，就构成了一幅中国学生在国外的生活画面。
How Long Will It Take to Learn English学会英语要多长时间
【背景介绍】初到美国的中国学生，往往要先过语言关，然后才可以选修其他的课程。下面这段对话就是一个正在进修语言的中国学生的困惑
A: How long will it take to learn English? Will I be able to take other courses next semester or will English take up all of my time? 学会英语要花多长时间?我下学期可不可以选修别的课程？还是要把英语一直学下去?
B: It’s hard to say. Language isn’t like other studies. 很难说。语言不同于其它的学问
A: You mean I could finish this course and still not know English? You’ve got to be kidding! 你是说我修完了这门课还是不懂英文? 你在开玩笑吧！
B: I’m not kidding. Learning a language is a question of forming language habits and that takes time. 绝无戏言。这是一个养成语言习惯的问题，得花不少时间
A: So do we have to stay in this English class forever? 那我们一辈子都得留在英语班了吗?
B: No. You just have to stay here long enough to get some orientation. Then you go on practicing and learning outside. A lot of learning depends on your personal motivation. 那倒不必。你要在班上待到获得一些学习的方法为止。然后你就可以在课外练习和进修了。学习很多时候是要靠你的个人动力
A: So it’s really the same story. Practice, practice, practice and more practice is the only way to learn a language.还是那句话，操练，操练，再操练是学习一门语言的唯一办法
B: You said it.你说对了！
口语要素
★ It’s hard to say. 很难说。
★ Certainly. 当然了。
超级短语
be able to 能，会
* Will you be able to come with me tomorrow? 明天你能跟我一起来吗?
* I haven’t been able to get in touch with her.我尚未能和她取得联系
go on 继续
* Don’t keep me in suspense. Go on with the story!别吊我胃口，接着讲！
* I just wanted to look for a book. You can go on with your work.我只是来找一本书，你继续工作吧。
超级句型 You mean 你的意思是说……
* You mean we can finish this course and still not know English? 你是说我们修完了这门课还是不懂英文?
* You mean I don’t need to come to work tomorrow?你是说我明天不用来上班了？
★ It’s a question of 是……的问题
* It’s a question of forming language habits and that takes time.这是一个养成语言习惯的问题，得花不少时间。
* It’s a question of attitude, not action.这是个态度问题，而无关行动。
精彩句子
★You stay here long enough to get some orientation. Then you go on practicing and learning outside.你在班上待到获得一些学习的方法为止。然后你就可以在课外练习和进修了。
语法点滴 一般将来时：表示即将发生的动作
* How long will it take to learn English? 学会英语要花多长时间?
* Will I be able to take other courses next semester?我下学期能选修别的课程吗?
* When will you finish the term paper?你什么时候能完成学期论文？
* What are you going to do during the National Day vacation?国庆节放假期间你准备做什么？
* We’re going to Hawaii to spend our honeymoon next week.下个星期我们要到夏威夷去度蜜月。
2. Americans Have So Much Money 美国人好有钱
A: I used to think that Americans had so much money they didn’t know what to do with it. 从前我老以为美国人都好有钱，却不知道该怎么花。
B: You did?你真这么想?
A: Yes. But now I’ve learned differently. Now I have a more realistic opinion.
是呀。不过我已经知道不是这么回事了。现在我的看法更实际。
B: What do you think now? 那你现在怎么想?
A: There are lots of jobs, and almost everybody works. There is a high standard of living. People earn a lot, but they spend a lot to live. So there isn’t so much money after all. 美国有许多行业，而且几乎人人都工作。生活水准高，个人收入多，但生活开支也大。所以最后也没剩多少钱。
B: But I still say Americans spend a lot more money on useless things than we Chinese do.但我还是认为美国人比我们中国人爱乱花钱。
A: That’s true. But Americans work hard for their money like we do. I don’t know why our spending habits are so different.
那倒是。但是美国人和我们一样努力地工作。我不知道为什么两国的消费习惯这么不同
额外成就感 used to 过去常常
* I used to go to English salon on Sundays. 我以前常在周日去参加英语沙龙。
* I used to live in Beijing.我以前住在北京
after all 毕竟；结果；虽然
* I’m so sorry. I can’t come after all.对不起，结果我还是不能来。
* It’s not surprising you’ve got stomachache. After all, you’ve eaten too much.
你的胃痛并不奇怪，毕竟你吃得实在太多了。
* I know he hasn’t finished the work, but after all, he’s done his best.
我知道他未完成这项工作，但毕竟他尽力了。
3. Could You Explain a Little More你能再解释一下吗
A: What do you think is harder, reading or writing?
你认为读和写哪个比较难?
B: Well, they’re completely different. Reading is passive, and writing is active.
它们是截然不同的两码事，读是被动的，写是主动的。
A: I don’t think I understand what you mean. Could you explain a little more?
我不知道你说的是什么意思，能不能再给我稍微解释一下?
B: In reading you need to recognize language by seeing the words on the page and knowing what they are. In writing you have to produce language, you have to create your own words on a blank page. 阅读是认识纸上现有的语言文字，而写作是在白纸上用自己的话创造语言。
A: Oh, now I see what you mean. When you’re reading, you are just looking, but when you are writing, you are actually doing something! 哦，我明白你的意思了。读只是浏览，而写却是创造。
B: A reading knowledge of a language is larger and different from a writing knowledge. Don’t you think so? 一种语言的阅读知识要比写作知识来得广泛而且大不相同。你难道不同意吗？
A: I think I see what you mean. I can read Shakespeare but I definitely can’t write it. 我想我懂你的意思了。我可以阅读莎士比亚的作品，但却写不出来
B: Exactly.对极了
A: So I have another question for you. What do you think is harder, speaking or understanding? 我还有一个问题。你认为听和说哪个比较难?
B: They’re both harder than reading or writing. 两个都比读和写难
A: In what way? 在哪一方面?
B: Because they are direct communication with another person, and there’s a time limit. This time limit is the most serious problem for foreigners, even for those who know lots of English. 因为他们直接与他人沟通，而且还有时间上的限制。时间上的限制对外国人来说是最严重的问题，甚至对那些懂得很多英文的人也是如此。
A: You are making me feel really discouraged. 你弄得我好泄气
B: I’m not trying to discourage you. I’m trying to help you. You have to live with these difficulties. Isn’t it better to know about them? The more you know about what you have to face, the better you’ll do. I promise!我不是在打击你，而是想帮你。你总得面对这些困难，了解了这些困难不是更好吗? 你对要面对的问题了解越多，就会做得越好，我向你保证。
额外成就感 be different from 与……不同
* My opinion is different from yours.我和你的意见相左。
* City life is very different from country life.都市生活和乡村生活是非常不同的。
* Chinese culture is very different from American culture.中美文化存在着很大的差异。
can not see 不明白
* I can not see any difference between them. They’re both handsome!我看不出他们有什么差别，他们都很英俊！
* I can’t see why she’s so against the idea. 我不明白她为何如此反对这个意见。
live with 接受；承认；忍受
* Can you live with this arrangement?你能接受这样的安排吗?
* You must learn to live with the fact that you are getting old.你必须学会接受你渐渐变老这个事实。
* I don’t enjoy the situation, but I can live with it.我不喜欢这样的情形，但我能够忍受。
4．Don’t Worry about Making Mistakes 不要担心犯错误
A: I’ve always wondered, what’s the difference between English for Chinese students and English for native students? 我一直弄不明白，中国学生学英语和美国学生学英语有什么不同?
B: I don’t know. What do you think? 不知道，你觉得呢?
A: I think a Chinese student concentrates on written English, and uses it as a basis for communicating. From start to finish he’s learning vocabulary and fundamentals of grammar. This is a very difficult way to learn.我认为中国学生注重书面语言，而且以此来交流。他们从始至终都在背单词和学语法基础。这是一种很困难的学习方法
B: What do natives get?那美国人呢?
A: They get higher level English, which is more formal than everyday spoken English. They also deal with matters of style and creativity 他们注重比口语更为正规和高级的成文英语。他们也学习文体和创作
B: Do you mean that a native doesn’t make any mistakes in grammar? 你说美国本土人都不会犯语法错误吗?
A: Absolutely not! Native speakers make a lot of grammar mistakes, especially if they come from a home where nonstandard English is spoken. 当然不是！他们同样犯很多错误，尤其是来自一个说不标准英语的家庭的人
B: I suppose that only a small percentage of college students don’t know standard English in American universities. 我想在美国大学里只有极少数的大专学生不懂得标准英语
A: Actually there are more non-native speakers than you think. That’s why it’s so important to quit worrying about making mistakes. Just talk to everyone every chance you get.实际上在美国的非英语母语者要比你想象的多。这就是为什么你不必担心犯错误。见到人就说，不放过每一个练英语的机会
额外成就感 concentrate on 专心于，专注于
* I must concentrate on my new task.我必需专注于我的新任务。
* He concentrated his energies on studying. 他把精力专注于研究。
* Many firms are concentrating on increasing their markets overseas许多公司正在集中精力开拓它们的海外市场。
deal with 安排；处理
I think this problem should be dealt with quickly. 我认为这个问题应及早处理。
That man is easy to deal with. 那个人容易相处。
* I just don’t know how to deal with this problem.我就是不知道该怎么处理这个问题
due to 由于；应归于
* His success is entirely due to hard work. 他的成功是努力工作的结果。
* The airport was closed due to the crisis.机场由于危情而关闭。
5．Are You New In this Class你刚到这个班上吗
A: Hi. Are you new in this class? 你刚到这个班上吗?
B: Yes, I am. I really don’t know anyone. 是的，我谁也不认识。
A: Did you just arrive in this country? You look a little nervous. 你是不是刚到这个国家? 你看上去有点拘束
B: No. I was here last semester, but I didn’t find out about this class in time. So I’m taking it this semester. 不是，我上学期就来了。不过我没赶上这班，所以这学期才上。
A: I took this course last semester too. Now I am taking it again! 我上学期就在学这门课，现在又在学！
B: How is it? Do you learn anything here? Why are you taking it again? 这课怎样? 你学了什么没有? 你为什么再学一遍呀？
A: Wow, you have a lot of questions! I learned a lot. In fact, that’s why I am taking it again. I get lots of practice in speaking, and also in writing. I’m sure you’ll be glad you took this course. I’ll even help you study if you’d like.
哇，你问的问题真多！我学到了很多东西，实际上，这也是为什么我又学一遍的原因。在这门课上，我有很多练习会话和写作的机会。我相信你也会喜欢这门课的。如果你愿意的话，我还可以帮你。
B: That’s just what I need. Thanks so much. You’ve been a big help already.
这正是我所要的。非常感谢。你已经帮了我个大忙了
额外成就感 in time 及时；最终（经过一段时间）
* We were just in time to catch the train. 我们正好赶上那趟火车。
* These problems will straighten out in time. 这些问题终究会解决的
6. Tell Me About this Campus告诉我一些这个学校的事
A: Excuse me, I would like to know something about this campus. Right now it seems very big and confusing! I have no idea where I am going or what I am doing. 对不起，打扰一下，我想了解一些关于这个学校的事。现在我觉得它太大了，把人搞糊涂了。我连去哪和做什么都搞不清
B: Do you have a map of the campus? 你有没有校区地图?
A: Yes, I have, but it doesn’t help me very much. I’m not very good at reading maps. 有，不过也没多大用处。我不怎么会看地图
B: Do you know where your classes are? 你知不知道你的教室在哪里?
A: More or less. I go to three different buildings, and always get there late. I feel so hopeless. I don’t know why I am late all the time. No one else seems to be.多少知道一点。我要到三栋不同的大楼上课，老是迟到，真是没没希望。我也不知道为什么总是迟到，别人怎么就不迟到
B: That’s because you don’t know the short cuts. You’ll learn them after a while. I can show you the ropes 那是因为你不会抄小路。不久以后你就会知道了。我可以告诉你这窍门
额外成就感 right now 立刻，马上
* You must leave right now or you’ll miss your flight.你必须马上出发否则就误了航班
* I have no time right now to discuss your problems. 我现在没时间讨论你的问题
more or less 或多或少；差不多
* He is more or less a jerk.他或多或少是个混球
* They’ve more or less finished their work. 他们已差不多完成了工作
show you the ropes 指点窍门
*This is a new member of our organization, Show him the ropes, will you?
这是我们单位新来的人。你向他指点一下工作好吗？
7． I’m Afraid To Speak English我怕说英语
A: Can I ask you a question?我能问你个问题吗？
B: Sure, go ahead.当然了，问吧。
A: How do you get along with the American students in your classes?
你跟班上的美国同学相处得怎样?
B: I don’t have much contact with them. 没什么来往
A: Really? Why not? Don’t you go up and talk to them? 真的? 为什么？你不跟他们攀谈吗?
B: No, I don’t. I’m too afraid of making mistakes in English. I don’t want to be laughed at.不，我怕说错，怕别人笑话我
A: You won’t get anywhere that way. You’re the one who needs to practice English, so you should make the first move. Besides, most American students are really friendly and outgoing. They will be glad to talk to you.你这样子不行。是你需要练习英语，所以你要主动地找别人讲话。再说，大多数美国同学都很友好而且很外向，他们会很乐意跟你说英语的
B: Thanks for the advice. I guess you’re right. It’s just hard to overcome my shyness. I really will try from now on. I promise.谢谢你的建议。我想你说得对。我就是克服不了胆怯。从现在起我一定要试着开口，我保证
额外成就感 contact with 接触；联系
* They have many contacts with undergraduates. 他们和大学生有许多接触。
* We have a lot of contact with local people. 我们与当地人交往密切。
8． What Does The Paper Say报上说些什么
A: Good morning.早上好
B: Good morning.早上好
A: What does the paper say? 报上说些什么?
B: Nothing much—the same old stuff. A lot of bad news as usual.
没什么------还不是老一套，坏消息连篇
A: Well, what’s the weather report? 天气预报说什么?
B: Sunny and mild today, cloudy and rainy tomorrow. 今天晴朗温和，明天多云有雨
A: Did they find those bank robbers? 抢银行的歹徒找到没有?
B: Not yet. They were holding two men in Ohio, but they let them go. They weren’t the criminals after all. 还没有。他们在俄亥俄州抓到两个人，可是又放走了。他们毕竟不是罪犯
A: What about the sports page? What were the scores of last night’s games?
体育版说了些什么？昨天晚上的比赛结果是什么？
B: Here’s the paper; you can read them yourself. 给你报纸，自己看。
额外成就感 let go 放；释放；放开
The police had to let the suspect go because they had no evidence由于没有证据，警方只得释放疑犯。
“Let me go.” She cried angrily“放开我！”她生气地叫喊道。
9．I Worry about Everything我无事不愁
A: I really want to take a nap. I feel very sleepy today真想睡一下，我今天觉得好困
B: What’s the matter? Didn’t you get enough sleep last night?怎么了? 你昨天晚上没睡好吗?
A: I fell asleep very late. It was almost two o’clock in the morning when I finally fell asleep.我很晚才睡着。那时都快两点了
B: Are you worried about something? Why couldn’t you sleep? 你在发愁吧? 为什么睡不着觉呢？
A: You know how it is when you’re in a strange country. Everything is new, and you get tired and nervous sometimes. Then you worry about your family, about conditions back home, about your courses, about your money, about everything. I tried to fall asleep but I just had too much on my mind.
你知道身在异乡的滋味。凡事都不习惯，有时把人搞得既疲倦又紧张。担心家里的人，担心国内的情况，担心自己的功课，担心钱，总之，无事不愁。我想睡觉，但脑子里装的事太多了。
B: Well, take it easy. Things will look better tomorrow. Maybe you should try exercising or a hot bath to help you relax.唉，想开一点。明天就好了。你试着做点锻炼或是洗个热水澡，或许能有助睡眠
A: Anything is worth a try. But right now I really just want to find a quiet place to take a nap任何办法都值得一试。但是现在我真得找个安静的地方去小睡一会儿
额外成就感 worry about 担心
* I have nothing to worry about in this life. 我这一生没有什么烦恼的事。
* He is always worrying about his personal gains. 他总是计较个人得失。
10. All Americans Look Alike美国人长得都一个样
A: I really think all Americans look alike.我真的觉得美国人长得都一个样
B: You’re crazy!You haven’t been here long enough. 你瞎说！你在美国住的时间还不长吧
A: But they do 他们长得确实是一个样啊
B: What makes you say that? 何以见得?
A: They wear the same clothes, they’re all blond, they all drive cars, they all own Parker fountain pens; they all drink Coca Cola, and they all chew gum.他们穿一样的衣服，都是金发碧眼；都开着车子；都有派克钢笔；都喝可口可乐，而且都嚼口香糖
B: I disagree with you. They don’t all wear the same clothes; they’re definitely not all blond; they don’t all own Parker fountain pens; they don’t all drink Coca Cola, and they don’t all chew gum. I do think they all drive cars though! But that doesn’t have anything to do with how they look！我不同意你的看法。他们并不都穿一样的衣服；也不全是金发碧眼；不是每个人都有派克钢笔；也不全喝可口可乐，更不都嚼口香糖，而且也不是所有的人都开车！但这和他们的长相也没关呀！
A：Maybe I am just homesick. I know you’re right. I just miss China, that’s all.
可能是我想家吧。我知道你是对的。只是因为我想家，想中国
额外成就感 enough 足够的，够用的
* Do you have enough money for the taxi fare? 你有足够的钱支付出租汽车的车费吗?
I can’t thank you enough for helping me with my English.你帮我学英语真让我感激不尽
* I don’t know him well enough to ask him for help.我和他不够熟，不便向他求助
11．I Never Know When to Shake Hands我该什么时候握手
A: I have a real problem when I meet people.我在和人会面的时候有个问题。
B: What is it? Maybe I can help.什么疑问？或许我能帮你
A: I never know when to shake hands and when not to. Can you tell me something about it?我不知道该在什么时候握手，什么时候不握手。你能不能告诉我有关这方面的事?
B: Do you come from a country where they shake hands? 你们国家的人握手吗?
A: Oh yes. Men, women, and children shake hands all the time.握呀。男人、女人、小孩、时时刻刻都在握手。
B: It’s very simple. Men shake hands, women and children don’t 那很简单。男人握手，女人和小孩不握。
A: But some women do shake hands. And now a lot of children have such good manners, they shake hands too. 可是有些女人也握手呀。而且现在很多有礼貌的孩子也握手。
B: Well, a good rule to follow is, for men you hold out your hand, for women and children, you wait and see what they do.你就遵循这条原则：对男人你先伸手，对女人和孩子就看他们怎么做。
A: That sounds easy enough. 这听上去再简单不过了。
B: Sure. Once you get the hang of it, it’s a piece of cake! It’s nothing to worry about.可不是嘛。你一旦掌握了窍门，那就成了小菜一碟！没什么可担心的。
额外成就感 all the time 总是，一直
* They were laughing all the time.他们一直笑个不停。
hold out 维持; 伸出
* Our food supplies won’t hold out long. 我们的食品供应维持不了多久
get the hang of 掌握窍门
* I’ll get the hang of it pretty soon.我很快就能掌握它的窍门。
12．Have You Got a Scholarship你有奖学金吗
A: Do you mind if I ask you a question？If it’s too personal you can forget it.
我想问个问题你介意吗？如果涉及到隐私那就不用回答。
B: I don’t mind at all. You can ask me anything. We’re friends.一点也不介意。你可以问任何问题。我们是朋友嘛。
A: Have you got a scholarship, or are you on your own? 你有奖学金还是自费?
B: I have a scholarship from my government for four years. How about you?我们政府给我四年奖学金，你呢?
A: I have a tuition scholarship from the university. Otherwise I’m on my own.
学校只让我免缴学费，其余还是自掏腰包
B: Do you mean that you’re self-supporting? I didn’t even know you had a job!
这么说你是自己维持了？我都不知道你还有份工作！
A: Oh no. My family supports me. And believe me, changing foreign money into dollars is heart breaking. You seem to get so little in return. 喔，不是。我靠我家里。说真的，用外币换美元真是件伤感情的事，一换就没多少钱了
B: Yeah, I really know the feeling. I can’t wait to graduate so I can get a good job and earn my own money.是呀，这种感觉我太清楚了。我恨不得马上毕业找个好工作，那我就可以花自己的钱了。
额外成就感 on one’s own 靠自己，独自
* He got the job on his own. 他靠自己的力量得到了那份工作
* She would always sit in a corner on her own. 她总是独自一人坐在一个角落里
in return 作为回报
* He didn’t expect anything in return for his help. 他帮助人并不期待任何回报。
* If you give me your photo, I’ll give you mine in return.你若送我一张照片，我便回赠一张给你
13．How Do You Improve Your English 你怎样提高英语
A: Do you mind if I ask you a question?我问你个问题你介意吗？
B: No, not at all. Go ahead.不介意。问吧。
A: What do you do in order to improve your English?你怎样提高你的英语？
B: I go to movies; I go to lectures; I listen to the radio; I do lots of things. Most importantly, I practice every chance I get.我看电影，听演讲，听广播，方法很多。最重要的是，我抓住每一个可以练英语的机会。
A: It’s a good idea to have a radio, isn’t it?有收音机倒是学英语的好办法，对不对？
B: Sure. It’s like understanding on the telephone——you can’t see the speaker! It’s great for improving listening comprehension.对。就好像是接电话一样，你看不到对方！这对提高听力很有帮助。
A: It takes a long time to learn a language, doesn’t it?学语言要很长的时间，对不对？
B: It certainly does. But if you practice speaking every spare minute and learn useful sentences every day you can make big progress.当然是了。但如果你每天都利用零碎时间苦练说，而且说实用的句子，那你会进步很快
额外成就感 in order to 为了；以便
* I decide to go to England in order to improve my English.
为了提高我的英语，我决定去英国。
14．What Words Do I Need to Know 我该了解些什么
A:I was wondering if you could help me with something.我想知道你可不可以帮我个忙
B: Sure, anything you say说吧。
A: Actually, it’s a little bit silly.实际上，这个问题有点可笑
B: Don’t worry about it, just ask.别担心，说吧
A: What words do I need to know to buy a pair of shoes?我买双鞋子该说些什么?
B: You need to know the type of shoe you want.你只要知道你要的式样就行了
A: Don’t worry about that. I can point it out in the store.这个不用担心，我在店里可以指给他们看
B: The shoes can be comfortable or not comfortable, too wide, too narrow, or just right; and long or short. In girls shoes, the heel can be high or low.鞋子可能会舒服或不舒服;可能会太大、太小，或正好合脚;也可能会长或短,女鞋的跟也许会高或矮
A: Let me write all that down. I’m going shopping this afternoon. 我把这些话写下来好了，我今天下午就去买。
额外成就感 point out 指出
* I pointed out to him where I used to live.我指给他看我以前住过的地方。
* May I point out that if we don’t leave now we’ll miss the movie.我想提醒大家，如果现在还不动身，我们就赶不上看电影了。
* He pointed out that the project lacked one important thing.他指出，那项计划有个严重的缺陷。
write down 写下；记下
* Write the address down before you forget it.把这地址写下来，免得忘了。
* I write down her telephone number in my notebook. 我在笔记簿上记下了她的电话号码。
15．Are Americans Romantic美国人浪漫吗
A: You know, I really don’t think Americans are very romantic.我认为美国人并不很浪漫。
B: Where did you get that idea? 你怎么会有这种想法?
A: That’s the impression I get from the movies, and from looking around. Men and women seem very businesslike in their relations with each other. 我是从看电影和对周围事物的观察而得到这个结论的。男女间的关系似乎很实际。
B: Well, I’m still not sure what you’re asking me. 我还是不太明白你说的是什么
A: Is it true or isn’t it?你说是对还是不对呢？
B: Do you want to know something about the American character? 你想不想了解一下美国人的性格?
A: I just think you’re trying to change the subject. But go ahead. 我看你是想改变话题吧。好了，说吧
B: No, this will help answer your question. In American society boys and girls are raised together. They’re not segregated in their activities! Boys and girls go out together from an early age.不，这有助于回答你的问题。在美国社会里，男孩和女孩是在一起长大的。他们在活动中，并不加以隔离。美国的男孩和女孩从小就可以一块出去玩
A: OK, go on. 是，继续说
B: After being raised together, men and women can be businesslike in each other’s company. It really doesn’t have anything to do with the way a man and woman behave toward each other when they are in love. Does that answer your question? 等到他们一起长大成人后，男女之间在工作中的关系就会处理得条理分明，但这和他们在恋爱中的表现是没有一点关系的。这个答案你满意了吧?
A: Not exactly, but I see your point 还好。不过我明白你的意思
B: I think Americans are pretty romantic when they are in a relationship and a lot of flirting goes on in every office. After you’ve been in America for a while, you will probably see what I mean.我觉得美国人恋爱起来挺浪漫的，甚至在办公室也有很多调情的场面。等你在美国呆久了，就会明白我的意思了
额外成就感 go ahead 向前
* Go straight ahead. 一直向前走。
* Go ahead, we’re all ears. 讲吧，我们都听着呢
A: I was thinking about taking an English course this summer.我今年夏天想上个英语班。
B: Go ahead, I think that’s a great idea.去吧，是个好主意
16. We’re Starting A Soccer Team我们要组织一个足球队
A: Hi Jim. Do you have a minute?嗨，吉姆。你有空吗？
B: Sure, what’s up?有，什么事？
A: Some of us are going to start a soccer team. Would you like to join us?我们几个要组织一个足球队，你要不要参加?
B: I don’t know anything about it. Soccer isn’t as popular in my country as it is here.我对足球一窍不通。我们国家跟这不一样，不兴踢足球
A: That’s all right. We’ll teach you.没关系，我们会教你的
B: Is it anything like American football?足球跟橄榄球一样吗?
A: Not very much. It’s something like hockey, except that you use a big ball and no stick.不大一样。足球有点像曲棍球，不过足球是用大球，而且没有球棍
B: I’ll come down and watch you play some day, and see what it’s like. 回头我去看你们踢球，看看究竟是什么样子。
A: Good idea. I think you’ll like it if you give it a chance.好。我相信你一试就会喜欢上它的。
额外成就感 watch 注视；观察；看护
* Did you watch the tennis match? 你看了网球比赛没有?
* Watch the cars when you cross the street. 过马路时，要注意车辆。
* He watched to see what would happen. 他注意观察会发生什么事。
* She watched the patient all night. 她整夜看护那位病人。
17．How Do I Get to the Bank去银行怎么走
A: Pardon me, Ma’am. Can you tell me how to get to the Business Bank? 对不起，太太，您能不能告诉我到商业银行怎么走?
B: Sure. Turn right at the next corner, and keep on going for two blocks. 当然可以。下个拐角右转，再走两个街区就到了
A: Which side of the street is it on?银行在街的哪一边?
B: The left-hand side. It’s on a corner. Are you a stranger in town? 在左手边的拐角上。你对本地不熟吗?
A: I’m a stranger in this country. I just arrived from China.我对这个国家很陌生，我刚从中国来
B: My God! You are far from home! 天哪！你真是远道而来
额外成就感 keep on 继续；坚持
*In spite of the noise outdoors,she kept on reading.她无视外面的嘈杂声,继续读书
* He kept on asking silly questions.他反复问些愚蠢的问题
far from 远非；完全不
I am far from pleased with your behavior.对你的行为我很不满意
* She realized this was far from the truth.她意识到这决非事实
18．How Often Do the Buses Run公共汽车多久一班
A: Excuse me, could you answer a few questions for me?对不起，打扰一下，你能回答我几个问题吗？
B: Sure.可以。
A: How often do the buses run?公共汽车多久一班?
B: They come by every fifteen or twenty minutes.每十五或二十分钟一班
A: How late do they run?开到多晚?
B: Till around midnight, I think.我想半夜才收班
A: How much is the fare? 一张票多少钱?
B: A dollar.一美元
A: OK, thanks, you’ve really been a big help. I’m sorry to bother you.
好的，谢谢。你帮了我大忙。很抱歉打扰你。
额外成就感 till 直到；在……以前
* I’ll be here till 10 o’clock tomorrow. 我一直到明天10点都会在这里。
* My son often sits up surfing the internet till late at night.我儿子常常上网到很晚才睡觉。
19． I’m Just Feeling Homesick 我只是有点想家
A: Hi, John. What’s up?嗨，约翰，最近好吗？
B: Hi. Not much. I’m just miserable as usual.嗨，不怎么样。跟以前一样难过。
A: What’s the matter with you? Don’t you feel well?你怎么了？不舒服吗？
B: I feel terrible. I can’t get used to the food; I can’t get along with the people here. I don’t like these customs——I wish I were back home.我感觉糟透了。我吃不惯这里的食物，跟这的人也相处不好。我不喜欢这里的风俗习惯――真想马上回家。
A: Do you eat everything back home? Have you got lots of friends in your country?
你在国内是不是想吃什么就吃什么？是不是有很多朋友？
B: What are you trying to say?你在说什么呀？
A: That maybe you have some of these same feelings back home. They just seem stronger now because you’re in a strange place. Have you thought about it?
也许你在国内也会有同样的感受，只不过你现在在一个陌生的地方，这种感觉就更强烈。你想过这个问题吗？
B: No, I guess I feel this way at home sometimes too.是啊,我在家有时也有这种感受
A: Maybe you’re just in a bad mood. Don’t worry. It will pass也许你只是心情不好。别担心，一切都会过去的。
B: I hope so. 但愿如此。
A: Why don’t you do something you enjoy to take your mind off your troubles?
你为什么不做点你喜欢的事来缓解一下烦恼呢？
B: Thanks for the advice. I’m just feeling homesick I guess.谢谢你的建议。我只是有点想家了。
额外成就感 get along with 与……相处；进展
* How are you getting along with your new girlfriend? 你和新女友相处得如何?
* How are you getting along with your work? 你的工作进展如何?
* They just can’t get along with each other. 他们就是合不来。
20. America Is So Different from China 美国跟中国差别太大了
A: Hi, Jim, how are you doing?嗨，吉姆，你好吗？
B: Not too bad. It’s hard getting used to so many things. America is so different from China.还行,一下子适应这么多新东西是件不容易的事。美国跟中国差别太大了
A: How do American students compare with students in your country?美国学生和你们国家的学生相比怎样？
B: Our students are more serious. Much more serious.我们国家的学生比较认真。远远比美国学生认真
A: What outside interest do they have?他们有些什么课外兴趣呢？
B: Some students are interested in music, sports or relationships, but there really isn’t much time to pursue outside interests.有的喜欢音乐、体育或交友，但他们追求课外兴趣的时间却很少
A: Wow! That is different from America.哇！那跟美国不一样。
B: It’ s just one difference. 这只是一点差别。
A: Well, I’m sure having extra free time shouldn’t be too tough to get used to.
我想你肯定不太难适应拥有这么多的业余时间。
B: No, it will be great. I am already thinking about all the great things I can do.是啊，这样才好。我已经想了很多可以做的事了。
A: Just don’t get carried away and forget all about your studies.只是别太离谱，忘了功课。
额外成就感be serious about 认真对待
* Is he serious about wanting to be a doctor? 他真的想当一名医生吗?
* Are you really serious about him? 你对他真的有意思吗?
李阳英语疯狂英语对话宝典（一）
PART 1：CORE DIALOGUES核心对话
下面的十组对话是以日常生活中最常用的10个核心句子展开的。这10句话虽然短小，却是使用频率最高、威力最大的超级句子，而以这10句话为基准的10组共20个对话，囊括了生活中最常见的场景。你最想说的东西，全在这里了。
1、It’s Nice Meeting You. 很高兴见到你。
A: Hi, Stone. I’d like to introduce my friend, Lisa.嗨,石头,我想介绍一下我的朋友,丽莎。
B: Hi, Lisa. It’s nice meeting you.嗨,丽莎,很高兴认识你。
C: Nice meeting you, too, Stone.我也很高兴认识你,石头。
B: Lisa, you know, I’ve heard a lot about you.丽莎，你知道，我听说过许多关于你的事情。
C:Really? I hope it’s not anything bad about me.真的吗？希望不是关于我的坏事情
B: Not at all. You are very popular. Everything I’ve heard has been good!
根本不是。你很受欢迎。我听到的都是关于你的好事情！ A: Hello, let me introduce myself. I’m your new neighbor. My name is Andy.你好。让我自我介绍一下。我是你的新邻居，安迪。
B: Hi, Andy. I’m Judy. It’s nice meeting you.你好,安迪,我叫朱迪,很高兴认识你。
A: Nice meeting you, too.我也很高兴认识你。
B: Come over and visit when you have time.有空过来聊聊天。
A: Thanks for the invitation. I will!谢谢邀请，我会的！
财富总结
介绍常用语
I’d like to introduce my friend.我想介绍一下我的朋友。
It’s nice meeting you.很高兴认识你。
Nice meeting you, too.我也很高兴认识你。
I’ve heard a lot about you.我听说过许多关于你的事情。/ 久仰大名。
Let me introduce myself.让我介绍一下自己。
疯狂秘笈
要想全面突破对话，重要的不是囫囵吞枣地将一篇篇对话背下来，而是要睁大眼睛，将那些关键的句子、精彩的句子一一搜罗出来，反复操练直至脱口而出。这叫做“学一句顶十句”
2、 It’s My Pleasure. 这是我的荣幸。
A: Linda,it’s really late. Let’s call it a day.琳达,太晚了我们今天就做到这儿吧
B: Good idea. We can finish this project the first thing tomorrow morning.
好主意,我们明天早上第一件事就完成这个项目。
A: Sure thing. Do you want me to give you a ride home?当然。要我开车送你回家吗？
B: That’s great. Thanks for the ride. I really appreciate it. You know my car is still in the shop.太好了,多谢你送我,我真的很感激。你知道我的车还在修。
A: Don’t mention it. It’s my pleasure.没关系,这是我的荣幸。
B: It’s very nice of you.你真好。
A: Mike, these flowers are just gorgeous.迈克，这些花真是太漂亮了。
B: I’m glad you like them. Happy birthday!很高兴你喜欢。生日快乐！
A: I can’t thank you enough. I’m really touched. I don’t know what to say.
真不知该怎么谢你。我真的很感动，不知该说些什么才好。
B: Forget it. It’s my pleasure. You mean a lot to me.
不用客气。这是我的荣幸。你对我来说太重要了。
A: You’re the best!你是最好的！
口语要素
★ Let’s call it a day.我们今天就做到这儿吧。
★ You mean a lot to me.你对我来说太重要了。
超级短语 （the）first thing 早上第一件事；马上，立刻
* We can finish the project the first thing tomorrow morning.
我们明天早上第一件事就完成这个项目。
举一反三
* She makes tea for the boss the first thing at work every day.
她每天上班的第一件事就是给老板沏好茶。
* Please call me first thing tomorrow morning. I can’t help you now.
现在我帮不了你，请你明天一早打电话来。
* I’ll call on you first thing I arrive.我一到就会立刻来拜访你。
五星级形容词gorgeous 华丽的，灿烂的，辉煌的；极好的，令人愉快的
* The fall is a gorgeous time in Beijing.秋天是北京的黄金季节。
A: Your wife is really gorgeous. I can’t take my eyes off her.
你的老婆太迷人了。真是让人目不转睛。
B: Yeah, well maybe you should try!是吗？那你最好别看！
3、I’m Working on It. 我正在努力。
A: Kim, have you made contact with Mr. Lee?金姆，你跟李先生联系上了没有？
B: Not yet, Mr. Wang. But I’m working on it.还没有，王先生。我正在联系。
A: What seems to be the problem?是怎么回事？
B: I just keep getting a busy signal.我打的时候老是占线。
A: Maybe his phone is out of order. Anyway, keep working on it. I really need an answer about the contract I sent him.也许是他的电话坏了。不管怎么样，继续联系吧。我确实想知道他对那份合同的回应。
B: All right, I’ll let you know when I get through.好的，接通了我就告诉你。
A: Peter, have you finished your English composition?彼得，你的英语作文写完了吗？
B: No. But I’m working on it.没有。我正在写。
A: Class starts in twenty minutes. You have to turn it in at the beginning of class today. 还有20分钟就要上课了。你得今天上课前交作业！
B: I know. I know!我知道。我知道！
A: Do you think you can finish it on time?你觉得你能按时完成吗？
B: Don’t worry. I’ll get it done very soon. I’m almost finished.
不用担心。我马上就写完，差不多写完了。
A: You’d better hurry!你最好快点！
B: Well, it would be a lot easier to finish if you stopped talking to me.
你要是不跟我说话，我会完成得更轻松。
A: Sorry!对不起！
超级短语
make contact with 取得联系
* Have you make contact with your uncle in Taiwan?你跟台湾的舅舅取得联系了吗？
“取得联系”还有很多其他说法：
*Have you reached Mr. Lee yet?
*Have you gotten in touch with Mr. Lee?
*Have you gotten a hold of Mr. Lee?
*Have you connected with Mr. Lee?
*Have you been able to connect with Mr. Lee?
额外成就感lose contact with 失去联系
I’ve lose contact with most of my school friends.我跟大多数同学已经失去了联系。
4、It’s a Piece of Cake. 这很容易
A: Jim, I heard you’ve bought a new computer.吉姆，我听说你买了一台新电脑。
B: Yes. Look, it is on my desk.是的,看,就在我的桌子上。
A: Your office looks different with a computer. By the way, is it difficult to use a computer?有了一台电脑，你的办公室看上去大不一样了。噢，对了，用电脑难吗？
B: Not at all. It’s a piece of cake.一点也不。这很容易。
A: A piece of cake?很容易？
B: Yes. It’s easy and convenient to use a computer. But it takes a long time to really master it.是的,使用电脑很容易,也很方便,但要真正掌握它就需要时间了
A: Jim, could you do me a favor?吉姆，你能帮我个忙吗？
B: Sure, just ask. What can I do for you?当然，说吧。要我做什么？
A: My car has a problem starting. Could you please take a look at it for me?
我的车启动不了。你能帮我看一下吗？
B: No sweat. It’s a piece of cake.没问题。这很容易。
A: Are you sure?你肯定？
B: Absolutely. I’m a great mechanic.绝对。我修车很在行。
A: Thanks for helping me out. I really appreciate it.多谢帮忙。我真的很感激。
B: Anytime.愿意效劳。
5、I Couldn’t Agree More.我完全同意
A: Jim, how was your weekend?吉姆，你的周末过得怎么样？
B: I went to the beach with my friends and had a barbecue there.我跟朋友去海滩玩了，还在那儿吃了烧烤。
A: That sounds like a lot of fun. Did you go swimming, too?那一定很好玩。你们也游泳了吧？
B: Sure. I think it’s a fantastic place to go.当然。我觉得那是个好去处。
A: I couldn’t agree more. That’s an ideal place for a vacation.我完全同意。那是个理想的度假场所。
B: It sure is.当然。
A: I can’t wait to go there myself.我都巴不得亲自到那儿去玩玩。
A: Beautiful weather, isn’t it? 今天天气不错，是不是？
B: Yes, it is. Are you here on business?是的，的确不错。你来这儿出差吗？
A: No, I’m on a vacation to see the famous Three Gorges. 不，我休假去著名的三峡旅游。
B: I’m going there for a tour, too. Is this your first trip to China?
我也是去游三峡的。你这是第一次来中国吗？
A: Yes, it is. 是的。
B: Why don’t we go together? I can show you around. I think you’ll have a better time.我们何不结伴而行呢？我可以带你到处走走。我想你会玩得更开心的
A: I couldn’t agree more.我完全同意。
B: Great, let’s go!太好了，走吧！
5、I Couldn’t Agree More. 我完全同意
A: Jim, how was your weekend?吉姆，你的周末过得怎么样？
B: I went to the beach with my friends and had a barbecue there.我跟朋友去海滩玩了，还在那儿吃了烧烤
A: That sounds like a lot of fun. Did you go swimming, too?那一定很好玩。你们也游泳了吧？
B: Sure. I think it’s a fantastic place to go.当然。我觉得那是个好去处
A: I couldn’t agree more. That’s an ideal place for a vacation.我完全同意。那是个理想的度假场所
B: It sure is.当然
A: I can’t wait to go there myself.我都巴不得亲自到那儿去玩玩
A: Beautiful weather, isn’t it? 今天天气不错，是不是？
B: Yes, it is. Are you here on business?是的，的确不错。你来这儿出差吗？
A: No, I’m on a vacation to see the famous Three Gorges不,我休假去著名的三峡旅游
B: I’m going there for a tour, too. Is this your first trip to China?我也是去游三峡的,你这是第一次来中国吗？
A: Yes, it is. 是的
B: Why don’t we go together? I can show you around. I think you’ll have a better time.我们何不结伴而行呢？我可以带你到处走走。我想你会玩得更开心的
A: I couldn’t agree more.我完全同意
B: Great, let’s go!太好了，走吧！
6、Thank You for Everything. 感谢你做的一切
A: Jenny, are you having a good time?詹妮，你在这儿玩得开心吗？
B: Yes, of course. This is a really wonderful party with interesting people and great food.当然开心,这场晚会有美食、佳宾，真是棒极了
A: I’m glad you are enjoying yourself很高兴你在这里玩得开心
B: Thank you for the invitation.感谢你的邀请
A: It’s my pleasure. Can I get you another glass of champagne?这是我的荣幸。再来一杯香槟吗？
B: Yes, I’d love another glass. You’re a wonderful hostess. Thank you for everything.是的，我还想再来一杯。你真是一位出色的女主人。感谢你做的一切
A: It’s my pleasure having you here. 你能来是我的荣幸。
A: Mrs. Lee, I’ve stayed here for almost a week. I really must leave tomorrow.
李太太，我在这儿已经住了差不多一个星期了。我明天真得走了
B: Please feel free to stay as long as you want. You know you’re always welcome here.请随意，想住多久就住多久吧。你总是受欢迎的
A: Thank you. You’ve been so nice to me.谢谢,你对我真好
B: Is there anything else I can do for you before your leave?在你走之前还要我做点什么吗？
A: No, thanks. You’ve done a lot for me already. Thank you for everything.
不用了，多谢。你已经为我做了很多。感谢你做的一切。
B: Don’t mention it. I’ve really enjoyed your company.不必客气，有你的陪伴，我也很开心。
7、Don’t Worry about It. 别担心
A: Jodi, I must get a hold of Jim today, but I forgot his address and phone number.
祖迪，我今天一定得跟吉姆联系上，可是我忘了他的地址和电话号码了
B: Don’t worry about it. I have his pager number right here.别担心。我这儿有他的呼机号。
A: Really? You’ve helped me a lot. Thank you.真的吗？你帮了我大忙,谢谢
B: Forget it. It’s nothing.不用客气，这没什么。
A: Anna, Would you like to dance?安娜，你想跳舞吗？
B: I’d love to, but I’m a terrible dancer. I’m afraid I may step on your toes. 哦，我很乐意。可是我跳得很糟糕。我担心踩着你的脚。
A: Don’t worry about it. I’ll show you how. It’s a piece of cake.别担心。我教你怎么跳。简单得很
B: Thank you. I’ll try my best.谢谢,我会尽力的
I Apologize. 我很抱歉
A: Jessie, I’m afraid I can’t come back home for dinner tonight.
杰茜，我恐怕今晚不能回家吃晚饭了。
B: Not back home for dinner again? That’s the third time this week!
又不回家吃晚饭？这个星期你已经是第三次了这样了！
A: I’m sorry. Our company has just opened. There are always too many things to handle. You know that.对不起。我们的公司刚刚开业，总是有太多事情要处理，这你是知道的
B: You don’t have to explain. Suit yourself.你不必解释了,随便你。
A: I apologize. You have my word, I’ll spend some time with you on the weekend. I promise.很抱歉。我向你保证，周末抽时间来陪你,我发誓。
B: We’ll see.再说吧
A: Thank you for understanding. I promise I’ll make it up to you.谢谢你能理解。我保证一定给你补上。
A: Sam, you’ve got to forgive me.山姆，你得原谅我。
B: Forgive you for what?原谅你什么？
A: I used your computer. And I’m afraid I’ve erased your personal files accidentally.我用了你的电脑。恐怕我不小心把你的私人文件删掉了。
B: No! Are you kidding me?不！你跟我开玩笑？
A: I’m afraid not. I apologize.不是,我很抱歉
B: I can’t believe it! I have all my important personal documents stored in that computer. It’s no laughing matter.我简直不敢相信！我将所有重要的私人资料都存入电脑了。这可不是闹着玩的。
A: I told you I’m sorry. What can I do to make it up to you?我都跟你道歉了。我怎样做才能弥补我的过错？
B: Well, you should be sorry! Don’t ever use my computer again! You can’t do anything now, it’s too late!你应该道歉！再也不许用我的电脑了！现在你做什么都没有用了，已经太迟了！
You Did a Good Job. 你干得很好。
A: Tom, I’ve got good news for you.汤姆，我给你带来了好消息。
B: What is it? 什么好消息？
A: Haven’t you heard that your novel has won The Nobel Prize?你难道没有听说你的小说获诺贝尔奖了？
B: Really? I can’t believe it. It’s like a dream come true. I never expected that I would win The Nobel Prize！真的？简直不敢相信。这就像做梦一样。我从没想到会获得诺贝尔奖！
A: You did a good job. I’m extremely proud of you.你干得不错。我真为你感到自豪B: Thanks for the compliment.多谢夸奖
A: You certainly deserve it. Let’s celebrate!你该拿这个奖。我们好好庆祝一下吧！
A: I heard you were promoted to general manager of IBM’s China Headquarters.
我听说你被提升为IBM公司中国总部的总经理了
B: That’s true. I got the news yesterday.没错,我是昨天才知道的
A: You did a good job for the company. So, this is your first day in the new position. How do you feel?你为公司作出了贡献,那么,今天是你在新职位上的第一天，感觉怎么样？
B: Not bad. I’m confident. And I like challenges.不错,我有信心,而且,我喜欢挑战
A: I believe you are cut out for this position.我相信你能够胜任这份工作
B: Thank you. 谢谢你。
10、I’m Looking Forward to It. 我期待着这件事
A: I’ve been working hard for a whole year. I really need a break.我辛辛苦苦工作了整整一年。我真得歇歇了。
B: That’s true. You need to take some time off to relax.真的。你需要抽出一些时间放松一下。
A: You said it. I’m looking forward to my annual vacation.你说得没错。我正期待着年假的到来。
B: When are you going to take your vacation?你什么时候开始休假？
A: Later this month. I can’t wait!这个月底。我等不及了！
B: I really envy you. I’m not taking my vacation until December.我真羡慕你。我要到十二月份才能休假。
A: Mr. Wang, have you enjoyed your stay here?王先生，你在这儿过得愉快吗？
B: Of course, I’ve enjoyed it very much. I’ve met my old friends and made some new friends.当然，我过得很愉快。我见到了我的老朋友，还结识了一些新朋友
A: We’ve all enjoyed being with you. When will you come back?我们都喜欢跟你在一起。你什么时候回来？
B: Sometime next year.明年的某个时候。
A: I’m looking forward to seeing you again.Take care.我期待再一次见到你,多保重
B: The same to you. Keep in touch. 你也一样。保持联系。
下面的十组对话是以日常生活中最常用的10个核心句子展开的。这10句话虽然短小，却是使用频率最高、威力最大的超级句子，而以这10句话为基准的10组共20个对话，囊括了生活中最常见的场景。你最想说的东西，全在这里了。
1、It’s Nice Meeting You. 很高兴见到你。
A: Hi, Stone. I’d like to introduce my friend, Lisa.嗨,石头,我想介绍一下我的朋友,丽莎。
B: Hi, Lisa. It’s nice meeting you.嗨,丽莎,很高兴认识你。
C: Nice meeting you, too, Stone.我也很高兴认识你,石头。
B: Lisa, you know, I’ve heard a lot about you.丽莎，你知道，我听说过许多关于你的事情。
C:Really? I hope it’s not anything bad about me.真的吗？希望不是关于我的坏事情
B: Not at all. You are very popular. Everything I’ve heard has been good!
根本不是。你很受欢迎。我听到的都是关于你的好事情！ A: Hello, let me introduce myself. I’m your new neighbor. My name is Andy.你好。让我自我介绍一下。我是你的新邻居，安迪。
B: Hi, Andy. I’m Judy. It’s nice meeting you.你好,安迪,我叫朱迪,很高兴认识你。
A: Nice meeting you, too.我也很高兴认识你。
B: Come over and visit when you have time.有空过来聊聊天。
A: Thanks for the invitation. I will!谢谢邀请，我会的！
财富总结
介绍常用语
I’d like to introduce my friend.我想介绍一下我的朋友。
It’s nice meeting you.很高兴认识你。
Nice meeting you, too.我也很高兴认识你。
I’ve heard a lot about you.我听说过许多关于你的事情。/ 久仰大名。
Let me introduce myself.让我介绍一下自己。
疯狂秘笈
要想全面突破对话，重要的不是囫囵吞枣地将一篇篇对话背下来，而是要睁大眼睛，将那些关键的句子、精彩的句子一一搜罗出来，反复操练直至脱口而出。这叫做“学一句顶十句”
2、 It’s My Pleasure. 这是我的荣幸。
A: Linda,it’s really late. Let’s call it a day.琳达,太晚了我们今天就做到这儿吧
B: Good idea. We can finish this project the first thing tomorrow morning.
好主意,我们明天早上第一件事就完成这个项目。
A: Sure thing. Do you want me to give you a ride home?当然。要我开车送你回家吗？
B: That’s great. Thanks for the ride. I really appreciate it. You know my car is still in the shop.太好了,多谢你送我,我真的很感激。你知道我的车还在修。
A: Don’t mention it. It’s my pleasure.没关系,这是我的荣幸。
B: It’s very nice of you.你真好。
A: Mike, these flowers are just gorgeous.迈克，这些花真是太漂亮了。
B: I’m glad you like them. Happy birthday!很高兴你喜欢。生日快乐！
A: I can’t thank you enough. I’m really touched. I don’t know what to say.
真不知该怎么谢你。我真的很感动，不知该说些什么才好。
B: Forget it. It’s my pleasure. You mean a lot to me.
不用客气。这是我的荣幸。你对我来说太重要了。
A: You’re the best!你是最好的！
口语要素
★ Let’s call it a day.我们今天就做到这儿吧。
★ You mean a lot to me.你对我来说太重要了。
超级短语 （the）first thing 早上第一件事；马上，立刻
* We can finish the project the first thing tomorrow morning.
我们明天早上第一件事就完成这个项目。
举一反三
* She makes tea for the boss the first thing at work every day.
她每天上班的第一件事就是给老板沏好茶。
* Please call me first thing tomorrow morning. I can’t help you now.
现在我帮不了你，请你明天一早打电话来。
* I’ll call on you first thing I arrive.我一到就会立刻来拜访你。
五星级形容词gorgeous 华丽的，灿烂的，辉煌的；极好的，令人愉快的
* The fall is a gorgeous time in Beijing.秋天是北京的黄金季节。
A: Your wife is really gorgeous. I can’t take my eyes off her.
你的老婆太迷人了。真是让人目不转睛。
B: Yeah, well maybe you should try!是吗？那你最好别看！
3、I’m Working on It. 我正在努力。
A: Kim, have you made contact with Mr. Lee?金姆，你跟李先生联系上了没有？
B: Not yet, Mr. Wang. But I’m working on it.还没有，王先生。我正在联系。
A: What seems to be the problem?是怎么回事？
B: I just keep getting a busy signal.我打的时候老是占线。
A: Maybe his phone is out of order. Anyway, keep working on it. I really need an answer about the contract I sent him.也许是他的电话坏了。不管怎么样，继续联系吧。我确实想知道他对那份合同的回应。
B: All right, I’ll let you know when I get through.好的，接通了我就告诉你。
A: Peter, have you finished your English composition?彼得，你的英语作文写完了吗？
B: No. But I’m working on it.没有。我正在写。
A: Class starts in twenty minutes. You have to turn it in at the beginning of class today. 还有20分钟就要上课了。你得今天上课前交作业！
B: I know. I know!我知道。我知道！
A: Do you think you can finish it on time?你觉得你能按时完成吗？
B: Don’t worry. I’ll get it done very soon. I’m almost finished.
不用担心。我马上就写完，差不多写完了。
A: You’d better hurry!你最好快点！
B: Well, it would be a lot easier to finish if you stopped talking to me.
你要是不跟我说话，我会完成得更轻松。
A: Sorry!对不起！
超级短语
make contact with 取得联系
* Have you make contact with your uncle in Taiwan?你跟台湾的舅舅取得联系了吗？
“取得联系”还有很多其他说法：
*Have you reached Mr. Lee yet?
*Have you gotten in touch with Mr. Lee?
*Have you gotten a hold of Mr. Lee?
*Have you connected with Mr. Lee?
*Have you been able to connect with Mr. Lee?
额外成就感lose contact with 失去联系
I’ve lose contact with most of my school friends.我跟大多数同学已经失去了联系。
4、It’s a Piece of Cake. 这很容易
A: Jim, I heard you’ve bought a new computer.吉姆，我听说你买了一台新电脑。
B: Yes. Look, it is on my desk.是的,看,就在我的桌子上。
A: Your office looks different with a computer. By the way, is it difficult to use a computer?有了一台电脑，你的办公室看上去大不一样了。噢，对了，用电脑难吗？
B: Not at all. It’s a piece of cake.一点也不。这很容易。
A: A piece of cake?很容易？
B: Yes. It’s easy and convenient to use a computer. But it takes a long time to really master it.是的,使用电脑很容易,也很方便,但要真正掌握它就需要时间了
A: Jim, could you do me a favor?吉姆，你能帮我个忙吗？
B: Sure, just ask. What can I do for you?当然，说吧。要我做什么？
A: My car has a problem starting. Could you please take a look at it for me?
我的车启动不了。你能帮我看一下吗？
B: No sweat. It’s a piece of cake.没问题。这很容易。
A: Are you sure?你肯定？
B: Absolutely. I’m a great mechanic.绝对。我修车很在行。
A: Thanks for helping me out. I really appreciate it.多谢帮忙。我真的很感激。
B: Anytime.愿意效劳。
5、I Couldn’t Agree More.我完全同意
A: Jim, how was your weekend?吉姆，你的周末过得怎么样？
B: I went to the beach with my friends and had a barbecue there.我跟朋友去海滩玩了，还在那儿吃了烧烤。
A: That sounds like a lot of fun. Did you go swimming, too?那一定很好玩。你们也游泳了吧？
B: Sure. I think it’s a fantastic place to go.当然。我觉得那是个好去处。
A: I couldn’t agree more. That’s an ideal place for a vacation.我完全同意。那是个理想的度假场所。
B: It sure is.当然。
A: I can’t wait to go there myself.我都巴不得亲自到那儿去玩玩。
A: Beautiful weather, isn’t it? 今天天气不错，是不是？
B: Yes, it is. Are you here on business?是的，的确不错。你来这儿出差吗？
A: No, I’m on a vacation to see the famous Three Gorges. 不，我休假去著名的三峡旅游。
B: I’m going there for a tour, too. Is this your first trip to China?
我也是去游三峡的。你这是第一次来中国吗？
A: Yes, it is. 是的。
B: Why don’t we go together? I can show you around. I think you’ll have a better time.我们何不结伴而行呢？我可以带你到处走走。我想你会玩得更开心的
A: I couldn’t agree more.我完全同意。
B: Great, let’s go!太好了，走吧！
5、I Couldn’t Agree More. 我完全同意
A: Jim, how was your weekend?吉姆，你的周末过得怎么样？
B: I went to the beach with my friends and had a barbecue there.我跟朋友去海滩玩了，还在那儿吃了烧烤
A: That sounds like a lot of fun. Did you go swimming, too?那一定很好玩。你们也游泳了吧？
B: Sure. I think it’s a fantastic place to go.当然。我觉得那是个好去处
A: I couldn’t agree more. That’s an ideal place for a vacation.我完全同意。那是个理想的度假场所
B: It sure is.当然
A: I can’t wait to go there myself.我都巴不得亲自到那儿去玩玩
A: Beautiful weather, isn’t it? 今天天气不错，是不是？
B: Yes, it is. Are you here on business?是的，的确不错。你来这儿出差吗？
A: No, I’m on a vacation to see the famous Three Gorges不,我休假去著名的三峡旅游
B: I’m going there for a tour, too. Is this your first trip to China?我也是去游三峡的,你这是第一次来中国吗？
A: Yes, it is. 是的
B: Why don’t we go together? I can show you around. I think you’ll have a better time.我们何不结伴而行呢？我可以带你到处走走。我想你会玩得更开心的
A: I couldn’t agree more.我完全同意
B: Great, let’s go!太好了，走吧！
6、Thank You for Everything. 感谢你做的一切
A: Jenny, are you having a good time?詹妮，你在这儿玩得开心吗？
B: Yes, of course. This is a really wonderful party with interesting people and great food.当然开心,这场晚会有美食、佳宾，真是棒极了
A: I’m glad you are enjoying yourself很高兴你在这里玩得开心
B: Thank you for the invitation.感谢你的邀请
A: It’s my pleasure. Can I get you another glass of champagne?这是我的荣幸。再来一杯香槟吗？
B: Yes, I’d love another glass. You’re a wonderful hostess. Thank you for everything.是的，我还想再来一杯。你真是一位出色的女主人。感谢你做的一切
A: It’s my pleasure having you here. 你能来是我的荣幸。
A: Mrs. Lee, I’ve stayed here for almost a week. I really must leave tomorrow.
李太太，我在这儿已经住了差不多一个星期了。我明天真得走了
B: Please feel free to stay as long as you want. You know you’re always welcome here.请随意，想住多久就住多久吧。你总是受欢迎的
A: Thank you. You’ve been so nice to me.谢谢,你对我真好
B: Is there anything else I can do for you before your leave?在你走之前还要我做点什么吗？
A: No, thanks. You’ve done a lot for me already. Thank you for everything.
不用了，多谢。你已经为我做了很多。感谢你做的一切。
B: Don’t mention it. I’ve really enjoyed your company.不必客气，有你的陪伴，我也很开心。
7、Don’t Worry about It. 别担心
A: Jodi, I must get a hold of Jim today, but I forgot his address and phone number.
祖迪，我今天一定得跟吉姆联系上，可是我忘了他的地址和电话号码了
B: Don’t worry about it. I have his pager number right here.别担心。我这儿有他的呼机号。
A: Really? You’ve helped me a lot. Thank you.真的吗？你帮了我大忙,谢谢
B: Forget it. It’s nothing.不用客气，这没什么。
A: Anna, Would you like to dance?安娜，你想跳舞吗？
B: I’d love to, but I’m a terrible dancer. I’m afraid I may step on your toes. 哦，我很乐意。可是我跳得很糟糕。我担心踩着你的脚。
A: Don’t worry about it. I’ll show you how. It’s a piece of cake.别担心。我教你怎么跳。简单得很
B: Thank you. I’ll try my best.谢谢,我会尽力的
I Apologize. 我很抱歉
A: Jessie, I’m afraid I can’t come back home for dinner tonight.
杰茜，我恐怕今晚不能回家吃晚饭了。
B: Not back home for dinner again? That’s the third time this week!
又不回家吃晚饭？这个星期你已经是第三次了这样了！
A: I’m sorry. Our company has just opened. There are always too many things to handle. You know that.对不起。我们的公司刚刚开业，总是有太多事情要处理，这你是知道的
B: You don’t have to explain. Suit yourself.你不必解释了,随便你。
A: I apologize. You have my word, I’ll spend some time with you on the weekend. I promise.很抱歉。我向你保证，周末抽时间来陪你,我发誓。
B: We’ll see.再说吧
A: Thank you for understanding. I promise I’ll make it up to you.谢谢你能理解。我保证一定给你补上。
A: Sam, you’ve got to forgive me.山姆，你得原谅我。
B: Forgive you for what?原谅你什么？
A: I used your computer. And I’m afraid I’ve erased your personal files accidentally.我用了你的电脑。恐怕我不小心把你的私人文件删掉了。
B: No! Are you kidding me?不！你跟我开玩笑？
A: I’m afraid not. I apologize.不是,我很抱歉
B: I can’t believe it! I have all my important personal documents stored in that computer. It’s no laughing matter.我简直不敢相信！我将所有重要的私人资料都存入电脑了。这可不是闹着玩的。
A: I told you I’m sorry. What can I do to make it up to you?我都跟你道歉了。我怎样做才能弥补我的过错？
B: Well, you should be sorry! Don’t ever use my computer again! You can’t do anything now, it’s too late!你应该道歉！再也不许用我的电脑了！现在你做什么都没有用了，已经太迟了！
You Did a Good Job. 你干得很好。
A: Tom, I’ve got good news for you.汤姆，我给你带来了好消息。
B: What is it? 什么好消息？
A: Haven’t you heard that your novel has won The Nobel Prize?你难道没有听说你的小说获诺贝尔奖了？
B: Really? I can’t believe it. It’s like a dream come true. I never expected that I would win The Nobel Prize！真的？简直不敢相信。这就像做梦一样。我从没想到会获得诺贝尔奖！
A: You did a good job. I’m extremely proud of you.你干得不错。我真为你感到自豪B: Thanks for the compliment.多谢夸奖
A: You certainly deserve it. Let’s celebrate!你该拿这个奖。我们好好庆祝一下吧！
A: I heard you were promoted to general manager of IBM’s China Headquarters.
我听说你被提升为IBM公司中国总部的总经理了
B: That’s true. I got the news yesterday.没错,我是昨天才知道的
A: You did a good job for the company. So, this is your first day in the new position. How do you feel?你为公司作出了贡献,那么,今天是你在新职位上的第一天，感觉怎么样？
B: Not bad. I’m confident. And I like challenges.不错,我有信心,而且,我喜欢挑战
A: I believe you are cut out for this position.我相信你能够胜任这份工作
B: Thank you. 谢谢你。
10、I’m Looking Forward to It. 我期待着这件事
A: I’ve been working hard for a whole year. I really need a break.我辛辛苦苦工作了整整一年。我真得歇歇了。
B: That’s true. You need to take some time off to relax.真的。你需要抽出一些时间放松一下。
A: You said it. I’m looking forward to my annual vacation.你说得没错。我正期待着年假的到来。
B: When are you going to take your vacation?你什么时候开始休假？
A: Later this month. I can’t wait!这个月底。我等不及了！
B: I really envy you. I’m not taking my vacation until December.我真羡慕你。我要到十二月份才能休假。
A: Mr. Wang, have you enjoyed your stay here?王先生，你在这儿过得愉快吗？
B: Of course, I’ve enjoyed it very much. I’ve met my old friends and made some new friends.当然，我过得很愉快。我见到了我的老朋友，还结识了一些新朋友
A: We’ve all enjoyed being with you. When will you come back?我们都喜欢跟你在一起。你什么时候回来？
B: Sometime next year.明年的某个时候。
A: I’m looking forward to seeing you again.Take care.我期待再一次见到你,多保重
B: The same to you. Keep in touch. 你也一样。保持联系。
English 900 英语九百句1-6册（英音版）
English 900 英语九百句
（英音版）
目录
Book 1 第一册
[1] Greetings 问候语
[2] Classroom expressions 课堂用语
[3] Identifying objects 辨别物品
[4] Identifying objects.辨别物品
[5] Identifying people by occupation 辨别身份
[6] Introductions and courtesies 介绍和礼节
[7] Days and months of the calenday 年历的周日和月份
[8] Talking about objects 谈论事物
[9] Telling time 述说时间
[10] Talking about dates 谈论日期
Book 2 第二册
[1] Talking about objects and people 谈论物品和人
[2] Talking about languages 谈论语言
[3] Talking about activities 谈论活动
[4] Asking about age 询问年龄
[5] Talking about daily activities 谈论日常活动
[6] Talking about yesterday’s activities 谈论昨天的活动
[7] Meeting a friend 访友
[8] Talking about last year’s activities 谈论去年的活动
[9] Asking about addresses 询问地址
[10] Asking questions 提问题
Book 3 第三册
[1] Describing objects 形容物品
[2] Asking people to do things. 请人办事
[3] Getting information and directions 打听情况和问路
[4] Talking about family and relatives 谈论家庭和亲属
[5] Talking about neighbors and friends 谈论邻居和朋友
[6] Talking about future activities. 谈论未来的活动。
[7] Talking about the weather 谈论天气
[8] Talking about sickness and health 谈论疾病和健康
[9] Talking about daily habits 谈论日常生活习惯
[10] Getting other people’s opinions and ideas 征求别人的意见和想法
Book 4 第四册
[1] Making plans 订计划
[2] Making decisions 作决定
[3] Going places 旅游
[4] Going shopping 购物
[5] Eating in a restaurant 餐馆进膳
[6] Going out for the evening 参加晚会
[7] Making appointments 约会
[8] Visiting the doctor 看病
[9] Making telephone calls 打电话
[10] Writing letters 写信
Book 5 第五册
[1] Telling about past experiences 叙谈体验
[2] Asking about furniture and places to live 寻找家具和住房
[3] Talking about things to wear 谈论衣着
[4] Discussing different points of view 讨论不同观点
[5] Thinking about possible future activities. 考虑将来可能从事的活动
[6] Talking about past possibilities 谈论过去可能发生的事
[7] Asking about likes and dislikes 询问喜欢和不喜欢做的事。
[8] Giving advice and opinions 劝说并提出意见
[9] Asking favors of other people 请别人帮忙
[10] Making preparations to travel 做旅行准备
Book 6 第六册
[1] Countries and nationalities 国家与国籍
[2] Geography and land features 地理与地貌
[3] Schools and education 学校和教育
[4] Work and careers 工作与职业
[5] Farms and factories 农场与工厂
[6] Hobbies and interests 爱好和兴趣
[7] Recreation and sports 文体活动
[8] Newspapers and magazines 报章杂志
[9] Radio and telephone 收音机和电视机
[10] Music and literature 音乐与文学
课 文
Book 1 第一册
[1] Greetings 问候语
1. Hello.你好！
2. Good morning.早晨好！
3. I’m John Smith.我是约翰、史密斯。
4. Are you Bill Jones?你是比尔、琼斯吗？
5. Yes,I am.是的，我是。
6. How are you?你好吗？
7. Fine,thanks.很好，谢谢。
8. How is Helen?海伦好吗？
9. She’s very well,thank you. 她很好，谢谢您。
10. Good afternoon,Mr. Green.午安，格林先生。
11. Good evening,Mrs. Brown.晚上好，布朗夫人。
12. How are you this evening?今晚上您好吗？
13. Good night,John.晚安，约翰。
14. Good-bye,Bill.再见，比尔。
15. See you tomorrow.明天见。
[2] Classroom expressions 课堂用语
16. Come in,please. 请进！
17. Sit down. 坐下！
18. Stand up,please. 请站起来。
19. Open your book,please. 请把书打开。
20. Close your book,please. 请把书合上。
21. Don’t open your book. 别打开书。
22. Do you understand?你明白了吗？
23. Yes,I understand. 是的，我明白了。
24. No,I don’t understand. 不，我不明白。
25. Listen and repeat. 先听，然后再重复一遍。
26. Now read,please. 现在请大家读。
27. That’s fine. 好得很。
28. It’s time to begin. 到开始的时候了。
29. Let’s begin now. 现在让我们开始。
30. This is Lesson One. 这是第一课。
[3] Identifying objects 辨别物品
31. What’s this? 这是什么？
32. That’s a book. 那是一本书。
33. Is this your book? 这是你的书吗？
34. No,that’s not my book. 不，那不是我的书。
35. Whose book is this? 这是谁的书？
36. That’s your book. 那是你的书。
37. And what’s that? 还有那是什么？
38. Is that a book? 那是一本书吗？
39. No,it isn’t. 不，不是。
40. It’s a pencil. 那是一枝铅笔。
41. Is it yours? 它是你的吗？
42. Yes,it’s mine. 是，是我的。
43. Where’s the door? 门在哪儿？
44. There it is. 门在那儿。
45. Is this book his? 这本书是他的吗？
[4] Identifying objects.辨别物品
46. What are these? 这些是什么？
47. Those are books. 那些是书。
48. Where are the books? 那些书在哪儿？
49. There they are. 在那儿。
50. These are my pencils. 这些是我的铅笔。
51. Where are your pens? 你的那些钢笔在哪儿？
52. They’re over there. 在那里。
53. Are these your pens? 这些是你的钢笔吗？
54. Yes,they are. 是我的。
55. Those are mine. 那些是我的。
56. These are your books,aren’t they? 这些书是你的，对不对？
57. No,they aren’t. 不，不是。
58. They’re not mine. 不是我的。
59. These are mine,and those are yours. 这些是我的，而那些是你的。
60. Those aren’t your pens,are they? 那些钢笔不是你的，对吧？
[5] Identifying people by occupation 辨别身份
61. Who are you? 你是谁？
62. I’m a student. 我是学生。
63. Who is that over there? 那边那个人是谁？
64. He’s a student,too. 他也是学生。
65. Is that lady a student? 那位女士是学生吗？
66. No,she isn’t. 不，她不是。
67. Those men aren’t students,either. 那些人也不是学生。
68. Am I your teacher? 我是你们的教员吗？
69. Yes,you are. 是的，你是。
70. That man is a teacher,isn’t he? 那个人是位教员，对不对？
71. Yes,he is. 是的，他是。
72. Who are those people? 那些人是谁？
73. Maybe they’re farmers. 他们可能是农民。
74. Aren’t they students? 他们不是学生吗？
75. I really don’t know. 我真的不知道。
[6] Introductions and courtesies 介绍和礼节
76. What’s your name? 你叫什么名字？
77. My name is Jones. 我姓琼斯。
78. What’s your first name? 你的名字叫什么？
79. My first name is Bill. 我的名字叫比尔。
80. How do you spell your last name? 你的姓怎么拼法？
81. Jones. J-O-N-E-S. 琼斯，J－O－N－E－S。
82. What’s your friend’s name? 你的朋友叫什么名字？
83. His name is John Smith. 他叫约翰、史密斯。
84. John and I are old friends. 我和约翰是老朋友了。
85. Are you John’s brother? 你是约翰的兄弟吗？
86. No, I’m not. 不，我不是。
87. This is Mr. Jones. 这是琼斯先生。
88. How do you do? 你好！
89. Mrs.Jones,this is Mr. John Smith. 琼斯夫人，这是约翰、史密斯先生。
90. Very please to meet you. 见到您很高兴。
[7] Days and months of the calenday 年历的周日和月份
91. What day is today? 今天是星期几？
92. Today is Monday. 今天是星期一。
93. What day was yesterday? 昨天是星期几？
94. Yesterday was Sunday. 昨天是星期日。
95. What day is tomorrow? 明天是星期几？
96. What month is this? 现在是几月份？
97. This is January. 现在是一月份。
98. Last month was December,wasn’t it ? 上个月是十二月，对不对？
99. Yes,it was. 是，是十二月份。
100. What month is next month? 下个月是几月份？
101. I was in the hospital for several weeks. 我在医院里住了几个星期了。
102. Where were you on Tuesday? 星期二你在哪里？
103. You were here in February,weren’t you? 二月份你曾在这里，对不对？
104. No,I wasn’t . 不，我没有在这里。
105. Your friend was here a week ago,wasn’t he? 一个星期前，你的朋友曾在这里，是不是？
[8] Talking about objects 谈论事物
106. Do you have a book? 你有一本书吗？
107. Yes,I do. 是的，我有。
108. You have a radio,don’t you? 你有一台收音机，对吗？
109. No,I don’t . 不，我没有。
110. I don’t have a phonograph,either. 我也没有留声机。
111. Dees this radio belong to you? 这台收音机是你的吗？
112. Yes,I think it does. 是的，我认为它是我的。
113. How many sisters and brothers do you have? 你有几个姊妹和兄弟？
114. Don’t you have my hat? 你没拿我的帽子吧？
115. Yes,I have both your hat and your coat. 不，你的帽子和大衣都在我这里。
116. Does John have a yellow pencil? 约翰有一支黄铅笔吗？
117. Yes,he does. 是的，他有。
118. He has a radio,doesn’t he? 他有一台收音机，对不对？
119. No,he doesn’t have one. 不，他没有。
120. He already has a phonograph,but he doesn’t have a radio yet. 他已经有一架留声机，但是他还没有收音机。
[9] Telling time 述说时间
121. What time is it? 几点钟了？
122. It’s two o’clock. 两点钟。
123. It’s a few minutes after two. 两点过几分。
124. My watch is fast and your watch Is slow. 我的表快，而你的表慢。
125. Excuse me.Can you tell me the correct time? 对不起，你能告诉我一下准确的时间吗？
126. No,I can’t . 不，我不能。
127. I don’t know what time it is. 我不知道现在几点钟。
128. I don’t think it’s four o’clock yet. 我认为现在还不到四点。
129. It must be about three thirty. 现在想必是三点三十分左右。
130. I get up before six o’clock every day. 每天我六点前起床。
131. The restaurant doesn’t open until seven forty-five. 饭馆要到七点四十五分才开门。
132. Will you be here at ten o’clock tomorrow? 请你明天十点到这里，行吗？
133. Yes,I will. 行。
134. We’ll be on time,won’t we? 我们将按时到，是吗？?nbsp;
135. I hope so. 我希望如此。
[10] Talking about dates 谈论日期
136. What’s the date today? 今天是几号？
137. Today is November first,nineteen sixty-three. 今天是一九六三年十一月一号。
138. When were you born? 你是什么时候出生的？
139. I was born on November first,nineteen thirty-five. 我是一九迦晔辉乱蝗粘錾摹?nbsp;
140. Today is my birthday. 今天是我的生日。
141. My sister was born in nineteen thirty-eight. 我的妹妹是一九三八年出生的。
142. I don’t know the exact date. 我不知道确切的日子。
143. Where were you born? 你出生在什么地方？
144. I was born in a little town not far from here. 我出生在离这儿不远的小城市里。
145. What do you know about the tenth century? 有关十世纪的事你知道些什么？
146. I don’t know anything about that. 关于那个我什么都不知道。
147. Let’s talk about something else. 让我们谈点别的什么吧。
148. Where were you during the month of April last year? 去年四月份你在哪里？
149. I don’t remember where I was then. 我不记得那时我在哪里。
150. Where will you be nest year at this time? 明年这个时候你将在哪里？
===================================================
Book 2 第二册
[1] Talking about objects and people 谈论物品和人
151. What do you want?
152. I want a cup of coffee.
153. What would you like to eat?
154. Please give me a piece of pie.
155. Which one would you like--this one or that one?
156. It doesn’t matter to me.
157. I’d like to talk with Mr. Johns or Mr. Smith.
158. I’m sorry,but both of them are busy right now.
159. Wouldn’t you like some coffee?
160. I’d rather have some tea,if you don’t mind.
161. Do you know any of those people?
162. Two or three of them look familiar.
163. All of those men are friends of mine.
164. Which one of those men is Mr. Taylor?
165. Is he the tall man on the left?
[2] Talking about languages 谈论语言
166. Do you speak English?
167. Yes, a little.
168. Does your friend speak English?
169. Yes, he speaks English perfectly.
170. what’s his native language?
171. I don’t know what his native language is.
172. How many languages do you speak?
173. My friend reads and writes several languages.
174. How well do you know French?
175. He speaks French with an American accent.
176. My parents speak English perfectly.
177. Mr. Jones can read French pretty well.
178. Sometimes I make mistakes when I speak English.
179. I have a lot of trouble with pronunciation.
180. How is her accent in French?
[3] Talking about activities 谈论活动
181. What are you doing?
182. I’m reading a book.
183. What’s your friend doing?
184. He’s studying his lesson.
185. I’m not doing anything right now.
186. Where are you going?
187. I’m going home.
188. What time are you coming back?
189. I’m not sure what time I’m coming back.
190. What are you thinking about?
191. I’m thinking about my lesson.
192. Who are you writing to?
193. I’m writing to a friend of mine in South American.
194. By the way,who are you waiting for?
195. I’m not waiting for anybody.
[4] Asking about age 询问年龄
196. How old are you?
197. I’m twenty-one years old.
198. My brother is not quite twenty-five.
199. John is not forty-five yet,is he?
200. Mr. Smith is still in his fifties.
201. I’m two years older than you are.
202. My brother is two years younger than I am.
203. How many are there in your family?
204. There are seven of us altogether.
205. My sister is the oldest.
206. I’m the youngest.
207. Guess how old I am.
208. I’d say yor’re about twenty-three.
209. I was thirty on my last birthday.
210. I’m going to be sixty-one next Tuesday.
[5] Talking about daily activities 谈论日常活动
211. What time do you get up every day?
212. I usually wake up early.
213. I get up at 6 o’clock every day.
214. My brother gets up later than I do.
215. After I get dressed,I have breakfast.
216. Usually,I have a big breakfast.
217. I have juice,cereal,toast and coffee for breakfast.
218. I leave the house at eight a.m. each day.
219. I get to work at nine o’clock every morning.
220. I work hard all morning.
221. I go out for lunch at about 12:30.
222. I finish working at 5:45 p.m.
223. I eat dinner at about 7 o’clock.
224. Before I eat dinner,I read the newspaper for a while.
225. I usually go to bed at about midnight.
[6] Talking about yesterday’s activities 谈论昨天的活动
226. What time did you get up yesterday morning?
227. I woke up early and got up at 6 o’clock.
228. My brother got up earlier than I did.
229. Did you get dressed right away?
230. Yes, I got dressed and had breakfast.
231. What kind of breakfast did you have?
232. What time did you get to work yesterday morning?
233. I left the house at 8 o’clock and got to work at 8:30.
234. Did you work all day?
235. Yes, I worked from early morning until late at night.
236. At noon I had lunch with a friend of mine.
237. I finished working at 5:30 and went home.
238. After dinner I read a magazine and made some telephone calls.
239. I went to bed at 11:30 p.m.
240. I went to sleep immediately and slept soundly all night.
[7] Meeting a friend 访友
241. Where did you go yesterday?
242. I went to see a friend of mine.
243. Did you see Mr. Jones yesterday?
244. I didn’t see Mr. Jones,but I saw John Smith.
245. What did you talk about?
246. We talked about a lot of things.
247. I asked him a lot of questions.
248. What did you ask him?
249. I asked him if he spoke English.
250. He said he spoke a little English.
251. Then I asked him if he knew anybody in New York .
252. He said he knew a lot of people there.
253. Finally,I asked him how old he was.
254. He said he would rather not tell his age.
255. He answered almost all of my questions.
[8] Talking about last year’s activities 谈论去年的活动
256. What time did you use to get up last year?
257. I used to wake up early and get up at 7 o’clock.
258. I used to set my alarm clock for exactly 7 a.m.
259. I never used to oversleep.
260. I used to get dressed quickly every morning.
261. I always used to leave for work at 8:30.
262. I used to start working at 9:00 o’clock every day.
263. I used to have lunch every day at the same time.
264. I used to work until nearly 6:00 o’clock each day.
265. I used to have dinner at 7:30 and go to bed early.
266. My brother and I used to go a lot of places together.
267. We used to go to the movies about once a week.
268. We used to have a lot of interesting friends.
269. My brother used to speak French to me all the time.
270. I always used to ask him a lot of questions.
[9] Asking about addresses 询问地址
271. Where do you live?
272. I live on Washington Street.
273. What’s your address?
274. I live at 1203 Washington Street.
275. I’m Mr. Smith’s next door neighbor.
276. You live here in the city,don’t you?
277. I’m from out of town.
278. How long have you lived here?
279. I’ve lived here for five years.
280. He’s known me for over ten years.
281. I’ve spoken English all my life.
282. I’ve already read that book.
283. Has he studied French very long?
284. Have you had breakfast already?
285. Yes,I had breakfast two hours ago.
[10] Asking questions 提问题
286. Where were you yesterday afternoon?
287. I was at home all afternoon.
288. I was writing some letters to friends of mine.
289. What were you doing at about 4 o’clock yesterday afternoon?
290. I was listening to the radio.
291. What were you doing when I called you on the telephone?
292. When you called me, I was eating dinner.
293. When I saw Mr. Jones,he was talking with John Smith.
294. While you were writing letters,I was reading a book.
295. While we were having breakfast,John was talking on the telephone.
296. Can you guess what I was doing this morning?
297. I can’t remember what John was doing yesterday afternoon.
298. I’ve forgotten what he said his address was.
299. I’ve forgotten what time he said he had dinner last night.
300. They called us just as we were having dinner.
===================================================
Book 3 第三册
[1] Describing objects 形容物品
301. What color is your book?
302. My book has a dark blue cover.
303. How much does that typewriter weigh?
304. It’s not too heavy,but I don’t know the exact weight.
305. This round table weighs about forty-five pounds.
306. What size suitcase do you own?
307. One of my suitcases is small,and the other one is medium size.
308. I like the shape of that table.
309. How long is Jones Boulevard?
310. That street is only two miles long.
311. Will you please measure this window to see how wide it is?
312. This window is just as wide as that one.
313. The walls are three inches thick.
314. This material feels soft.
315. This pencil is longer than that one.
[2] Asking people to do things. 请人办事
316. Would you please tell Mr. Cooper that I’m here.
317. Take these books home with you tonight.
318. Please bring me those magazines
319. Would you help me lift this heavy box?
320. Please ask John to turn on the lights.
321. Put your books down on the table.
322. Get me a hammer from the kitchen,will you?
323. Hang up my coat in the closet ,will you please?
324. Please don’t bother me now.I’m very busy.
325. Would you mind mailing this letter for me?
326. If you have time,will you call me tomorrow?
327. Please pick up those cups and saucers./
328. Will you do me a favor?
329. Please count the chairs in that room.
330. Please pour this milk into that glass.
[3] Getting information and directions 打听情况和问路
331. Excuse me,sir.Can you give me some information?
332. Can you tell me where Peach Street is?
333. It’s two blocks straight ahead.
334. which direction is it to the theatre?
335. Turn right at the next corner?
336. How far is it to the university?
337. It’s a long way from here.
338. The school is just around the corner.
339. The restaurant is across the street from the hotel.
340. You can’t miss it.
341. Do you happen to know Mr. Cooper’s telephone number?
342. Could you tell me where the nearest telephone is?
343. Should I go this way,or that way?
344. Go that way for two blocks,then turn left.
345. I beg your pardon.Is this seat taken?
[4] Talking about family and relatives 谈论家庭和亲属
346. Are you married?
347. No,I’m not married.I’m still single.
348. Your niece is engaged,isn’t she?
349. My sister has been engaged for two months.
350. My grandfather got married in 1921.
351. When is grandparents’ wedding anniversary?
352. How long have they been married?
353. They’ve been married for quite a few years.
354. who did George marry?
355. Do they have children?
356. They had a baby last month.
357. My son wants to get married in June.
358. They don’t know when the wedding will be.
359. Their grandchildren are grown up now.
360. She’s a widow.Her husband died last year.
[5] Talking about neighbors and friends 谈论邻居和朋友
361. Where did you grow up?
362. I grew up right here in this neighborhood.
363. My friend spent his childhood in California .
364. He lived in California until he was seventeen.
365. There have been a lot of changes here in the last 20 years.
366. There used to be a grocery store on the corner.
367. All of those houses have been built in the last ten years.
368. They’re building a new house up the street from me.
369. If you buy that home,will you spend the rest of your life there?
370. Are your neighbors vey friendly?
371. We all know each other pretty well.
372. A young married couple moved in next door to us.
373. Who bought that new house down the street from you?
374. An endly man rented the big white house.
375. What beautiful trees those are!
[6] Talking about future activities. 谈论未来的活动。
376. What time are you going to get up tomorrow morning?
377. I’ll probably wake up early and get up at 6:30.
378. What will you do then?
379. After I get dressed,I’ll have breakfast.
380. What will you have for breakfast tomorrow morning?
381. I’ll probably have eggs and toast for breakfast.
382. After breakfast,I’ll get ready ro go to work.
383. I’ll leave the house at 8:00 and get to the office at 8:30.
384. I’ll probably go out for lunch at about 12:30.
385. I’ll finish working at 5:30 and get home by 6 o’clock.
386. Are you going to have dinner at home tomorrow night?
387. Do you think you’ll go to the movies tomorrow night?
388. I’ll probably stay home and watch television.
389. When I get sleepy,I’ll probably get ready for bed.
390. Do you think you’ll be able to go to sleep right away?
[7] Talking about the weather 谈论天气
391. How is the weather today?
392. The weather is nice today.
393. What was the weather like yesterday?
394. Yesterday it rained all day.
395. What will the weather be like tomorrow?
396. It’s going to snow tomorrow.
397. It’s quite cold today.
398. It’s been cloudy all morning.
399. Is it raining now?
400. It’ll probably clear up this afternoon.
401. The days are getting hotter.
402. Today is the first day of spring.
403. What’s the temperature today?
404. It’s about seventy degrees Fahrenheit this afternoon.
405. There’s a cool breeze this evening.
[8] Talking about sickness and health 谈论疾病和健康
406. How are you feeling today?
407. I don’t feel very well this morning.
408. I was sick yesterday,but I’m better today.
409. My fever is gone,but I still have a cough.
410.My brother has a bad headache.
411. Which of your arms is sore?
412. My right arm hurts. It hurts right here.
413. What’s matter with you?
414. I’ve got a pain in my back.
415. Which foot hurts?Is it the left one?
416. How did you break your leg?
417. I slipped on the stairs and fell down.I broke my leg.
418. Your right hand is swollen.Does it hurt?
419. It’s bleeding.You’d better go see a doctor about that cut.
420. I hope you’ll be well soon.
[9] Talking about daily habits 谈论日常生活习惯
421. I get out of bed about 7 o’clock every morning.
422. After getting up,I go into the bathroom and take a shower.
423. Then,I shave,brush my teeth and comb my hair.
424. After brushing my teeth,I put on my clothes.
425. After that,I go downstairs to the kitchen to have breakfast.
426. After eating breakfast,I go back upstairs again.
427. Then,it’s usually time to wake up my little brother.
428. He can’t dress himself yet because he’s too young.
429. I wash his face and hands,and then I dress him.
430. He tries to button his own shirt,but he can’t do it.
431. My little brother takes a bath before he goes to bed at night.
432. He always forgets to wash behind his ears.
433. I’m always tired when I come home from work.
434. At bedtime, I take off my clothes and put on my pajamas.
435. I get into bed at about 11:30 and go right off to sleep.
[10] Getting other people’s opinions and ideas 征求别人的意见和想法
436. What do you think?Is that right?
437. Cetainly.You’re absolutely right about that.
438. I think you’re mistaken about that.
439. I like hot weather best.
440. Personally,I prefer winter weather.
441. Do you think it’s going to rain tomorrow?
442. I don’t know whether it will rain or not.
443. In my opinion,that’s an excellent idea.
444. why Mr. Cooper so tired?Do you have any idea?
445. He’s tired because he worked hard all day today.
446. What do you think of my children?
447. I think you have very attractive children.
448. Please give me your frank opinion.
449. Do you really want to know what I think?
450. Of course I want to know what your opinion is.
===================================================
Book 4 第四册
[1] Making plans 订计划
451. What do you plan to do tomorrow?
452. I doubt that I’ll do anything tomorrow.
453. Please excuse me for a little while.I want to do something.
454. I imagine I’ll do some work instead of going to the movies.
455. Will it be convenient for you to explain your plans to him?
456. There’s nothing to do because tomorrow is a holliday.
457. What’s your brother planning to do tomorrow?
458. He can’t decide what to do.
459. It’s difficult to make a decision whithout knowing all the facts.
460. We’re trying to plan our future.
461. That’s a good idea.
462. I’m hoping to spend a few days in the mountains.
463. Would you consider going north this summer?
464. If there’s a chance you’ll go ,I’d like to go with you.
465. After you think it over,please let me know what you decide.
[2] Making decisions 作决定
466. I’m anxious to know what your decision is.
467. I’m confident you’ve made the right choice.
468. I want to persuade you to change your mind.
469. Will you accept my advice?
470. What have you decided?
471. I’ve definitely decided to go to California.
472. He didn’t want to say anything to influence my decision.
473. She refuses to make up her mind.
474. I assume you’ve decided against buying a new car.
475. It took him a long time to make up his mind.
476. You can go whenever you wish.
477. We’re willing to accept your plan.
478. He knows it’s inconvenient ,but he wants to go anyway.
479. According to Mr. Green,this is a complicated problem.
480. She insists that it doesn’t make any difference to her.
[3] Going places 旅游
481. Are you going to go anyplace this year?
482. If I have enough money,I’m going to take a trip abroad.
483. How are you going?Are you going by boat?
484. It’s faster to go by plane than by boat.
485. What’s the quickest way to get there?
486. Altogether it will take ten days to make the trip.
487. I hope you have a good time on your trip.
488. I’m leaving tomorrow,but I haven’t packed my suitcases yet.
489. I’m going by air.I like flying.
490. My brother took a trip to Mexico.
491. It was a six-hour flight.
492. How many passengers were on the train?
493. His friend was injured in an airplane crash.
494. Would you like to go for a walk?
495. Let’s go out to the airport. The plane landed ten minutes ago.
[4] Going shopping 购物
496. I’m going shopping because I need to buy some clothes.
497. If this shirt doesn’t fit,may I bring it back later?
498. What size shoes do you wear?
499. That suit looks very good on you.
500. This dress is made of silk,isn’t it?
501. I’d like to try on this sweater.
502. I’m interested in buying a new car.
503. What’s the price of that electric iron?
504. How much is this rug?
505. Is this toothpaste on sale today?
506. That’s a beautiful leather wallet,but it costs too much.
507. How much do I owe you?
508. That will be eighteen dollars and seventy-five cents.
509. Do you have change for a twenty-dollar bill?
510. The clerk helped me find what I wanted.
[5] Eating in a restaurant 餐馆进膳
511. What would you like to eat?
512. I’d like a bowl of tamoto soup,please.
513. The waiter seems to be in a hurry to take our order.
514. Which would you rather have--steak or fish?
515. I want my steak well-done.
516. What kinds of vegetables do you have?
517. I’ll have mashed potatoes and green beans.
518. Would you please pass the salt?
519. They serve good food in this restaurant.
520. Are you ready for your dessert now?
521. This knife is dirty.Would you bring me a clean one,please?
522. May I have the check,please?
523. You have your choice of three flavors of ice cream.
524. We have vanilla,chocolate,and strawberry.
525. We invited two guests to dinner,but they didn’t come.
[6] Going out for the evening 参加晚会
526. How long did the movie last?
527. The feature started at 9 o’clock and ended at 11:30.
528. They say the new film is an adventure story.
529. A group of us went out to the theater last night.
530. The new play was good and everybody enjoyed it.
531. By the time we got there,the play had already begun.
532. The usher showed us to our seats.
533. The cast of the play included a famous actor.
534. After the play was over,we all wanted to get something to eat.
535. there was a big crowd and we had difficulty getting a taxi.
536. The restaurant was filled,so we decided to go elsewhere.
537. My brother wants to learn how to dance.
538. We don’t go dancing very often.
539. Which would you rather do--go dancing or go to a play?
540. I’m not accustomed to going out after dark.
[7] Making appointments 约会
541. I’d like to make an appointment to see Mr. Cooper.
542. Would you like to arrange for a personal interview?
543. Your appointment will be next Thursday at 10 o’clock.
544. I can come any day except Thursday.
545. He wants to change his appointment from Monday to Wednesday.
546. She failed to call the office to cancel her appointment.
547. I’m going to call the employment agency for a job.
548. Please fill in this application form.
549. Are you looking for a permanent position?
550. I’m going to call a plumber to come this afternoon.
551. I couldn’t keep the appointment because I was sick.
552. I’m a new employee.I was hired yesterday.
553. Please call before you come,otherwise we might not be home.
554. Let’s make a date to go shopping next Thursday.
555. Will you please lock the door when you leave?
[8] Visiting the doctor 看病
556. I went to see my doctor for a check-up yesterday.
557. The doctor discovered that I’m a little overweight.
558. He gave me a chest X-ray and took my blood pressure.
559. He told me to take these pills every four hours.
560. Do you think the patient can be cured?
561. They operated on him last night.
562. He needed a blood transfusion.
563. My uncle had a heart attack last year.
564. They had to call in a heart specialist.
565. What did the doctor say?
566. The doctor advised me to get plenty of exercise.
567. The doctor said I look pale.
568. If I want to be healthy,I have to stop smoking cigarettes.
569. The physician said smoking is harmful to my health.
570. It’s just a mosquito bite.There’s nothing to worry about.
[9] Making telephone calls 打电话
571. You’re wanted on the telephone.
572. What number should I dial to get the operator?
573. I want to make a long distance call.
574. Pick up the receiver and deposit a coin in the slot.
575. I tried to call Mr. Cooper,but the line was busy.
576. You must have dialed the wrong number.
577. I dialed the right number,but nobody answered.
578. The telephone is ringing,would you answer it,please?
579. Would you like to leave a message?
580. Who is this?I don’t recognize your voice.
581. Would you please tell Mr. Cooper I called?
582. Is this Empire 5-4093?
583. I have to hang up now.
584. Put the receiver closer to your mouth.I can’t hear you.
585. Would you mind calling back sometime tomorrow?
[10] Writing letters 写信
586. How long has it been since you’ve heard from your uncle?
587. When was the last time he wrote you ?
588. I can’t recall how long it’s been.
589. I’m always disappointed when I don’t get any mail.
590. I feel guilty because I haven’t written her lately.
591. What time is the mail delivered on Saturday?
592. The postman always comes at 2 o’clock.
593. I wrote to my uncle last night.I couldn’t put it off any longer.
594. I enclosed some photographs in my letter.
595. I didn’t know whether to send the letter airmail or not.
596. How long does it take for a letter to get to California ?
597. Don’t forget to put stamps on the letter before you mail it.
598. He went to the post office to mail a letter.
599. I dropped the letter in the mailbox on the corner.
600. How did you sign the letter?Did you write, “sincerely yours”?
===================================================
Book 5 第五册
[1] Telling about past experiences 叙谈体验
601. A strange thing happened to me this morning.
602. I was crossing the street and was almost hit by a car.
603. Fortunately,I jumped back in time to avoid being hit.
604. It was a terrible experience,and I won’t forget it.
605. Yesterday was such a beautiful day we decided to go for a drive.
606. We prepared a picnic lunch and drove down by the river.
607. After a while,we found a shady place under some poplar trees.
608. On the way back home,we had a flat tire.
609. It was after dark when we got back,and we were all tired.
610. I wish you would give me a more detailed description of your trip.
611. Speaking of trips,did I ever tell you about the experience I had?
612. We used to have a lot of fun when we were that age.
613. I can’t recall the exact circumstances.
614. I never realized that someday I would be living in New York.
615. We never imagined that John would become a doctor.
[2] Asking about furniture and places to live 寻找家具和住房
616. We’re looking for a house to rent for the summer.
617. Are you trying to find a furnished house?
618. This split-level house is for rent.It’s a bargain.
619. That house is for sale.It has central heating.
620. We have a few kitchen things and a dining room set./
621. This is an interesting floor plan.Please show me the basement.
622. The roof has leaks in it,and the front steps need to be fixed.
623. We’ve got to get a bed and a dresser for the bedroom.
624. Does the back door have a lock on it?
625. They’ve already turned on the electricity.The house is ready.
626. I’m worried about the appearance of the floor.
627. If you want a towel,look in the linen closet.
628. What style furniture do you have ? Is it traditional?
629. We have drapes for the living room,but we need kitchen curtains.
630. The house needs painting.It’s in bad condition.
[3] Talking about things to wear 谈论衣着
631. What do you going to wear today?
632. I’m going to wear my blue suit.Is that all right?
633. I have two suits to send to the cleaners.
634. I have some shirts to send to the laundry.
635. You ought to have that coat cleaned and pressed.
636. I’ve got to get this shirt washed and ironed.
637. All my suits are dirty.I don’t have anything to wear.
638. You’d better wear a light jacket.It’s chilly today.
639. This dress doesn’t fit me anymore.
640. I guess I’ve outgrown this pair of trousers.
641. These shoes are worn-out.They’ve lasted a long time.
642. I can’t fasten this collar button.
643. Why don’t you get dressed now?Put on your work clothes.
644. My brother came in,changed his clothes,and went out again.
645. I didn’t notice you were wearing your new hat.
[4] Discussing different points of view 讨论不同观点
646. You have your point of view,and I have mine.
647. You approach it in a different way than I do.
648. I won’t argue with you,but I think you’re being unfair.
649. That’s a liberal point of view.
650. He seems to have a lot of strange ideas.
651. I don’t see any point in discussing the question any further.
652. What alternatives do I have?
653. Everyone is entitled to his own opinion.
654. There are always two sides to everything.
655. We have opposite views on this.
656. Please forgive me.I didn’t mean to start an argument.
657. I must know your opinion.Do you agree with me?
658. What point are you trying to make?
659. Our views are not so far apart,after all.
660. We should be able to resolve our differences.
[5] Thinking about possible future activities. 考虑将来可能从事的活动
661. If it doesn’t rain tomorrow,I think I’ll go shopping.
662. There’s a possibility we’ll go,but it all depends on the weather.
663. If I have time tomorrow,I think I’ll get a haircut.
664. I hope I remember to ask the barber not to cut my hair too short.
665. My son wants to be a policeman when he grows up.
666. If I get my work finished in time,I’ll leave for New York Monday.
667. Suppose you couldn’t go on the trip.How would you feel?
668. What would you say if I told you I couldn’t go with you?
669. If I buy tha car,I’ll have to borrow some money.
670. If I went with you,I’d have to be back by six o’clock.
671. One of these days,I’d like to take a vacation.
672. As soon as I can,I’m going to change jobs.
673. There’s a chance he won’t be able to be home for Christmas.
674. We may be able to help you in some way.
675. If you were to attend the banquet ,what would you wear?
[6] Talking about past possibilities 谈论过去可能发生的事
676. I would have had a much better holiday if I had stayed at home.
我要是呆在家里的话，假期会好过的多。
677. What have you been doing since I saw you last time?
自从我上次见到你以后你都在干什么？
678. If I had got enough money yesterday, I would have bought that tape.
如果我昨天钱够的话，我就买了那盒磁带了。
679. Looking back on it, I think I shouldn't have given up the contest so easily.
回过头来看，我想我不应该如此轻易的放弃那次比赛。
680. Had I taken a taxi, I wouldn't have been late. 如果我打的去的话就不会迟到了。
681. Even if you take the exam again, you won't pass it.
就算再考一次你也通不过。
682. Even if you had given him much more money, he might not have paid off the debt.
就算你给了他更多的钱，他也还不清债务。
683. What would you have done if you hadn't gone out for a picnic yesterday?
如果你昨天没有出去野餐的话。你会干什么？
684. I wish I had told him the truth. 我真希望我把真相告诉了他。
685. I wish you hadn't cheated me. 我希望你没有欺骗我。
686. If it had been fine, we would have gone to the park.
如果天气好的话，我们就去公园了。
687. Would he have seen you if you hadn't waved to him?
如果你没有朝他挥手，他能看见你吗？
688. You should have studied much harder. 你本应该更努力的学习。
689. I had thought about arguing with the teacher about that, but I didn't have enough courage. 我本想和老师争论那个问题，但我没有足够的勇气。
690. I had thought about living with my grandparents when my parents went abroad last year. 当我的父母去年出国的时候，我本想和我的祖父母住在一起。
[7] Asking about likes and dislikes 询问喜欢和不喜欢做的事。
691. What is it you don’t like about winter weather?
692. I don’t like it when the weather gets real cold.
693. I can’t stand summer weather.
694. The thing I don’t like about driving is all the traffic on the road.
695. He doesn’t like the idea of going to bed early.
696. I like to play tennis,but I’m not a very good player.
697. I don’t like spinach even though I know it’s good for me.
698. I’m afraid you’re being too particular about your food.
699. He always finds fault with everything.
700. She doesn’t like anything I do or say.
701. You have wonderful taste in clothes.
702. What’s your favourite pastime?
703. What did you like best about the movie?
704. I didn’t like the taste of the medicine,but I took it anyway.
705. Why do you dislike the medicine so much?
[8] Giving advice and opinions 劝说并提出意见
706. If you want my advice,I don’t think you should go.
707. I suggest that you tear up the letter and start over again.
708. It’s only a suggestion,and you can do what you please.
709. Let me give you a little fatherly advice.
710. If you don’t like it ,I wish you would say so.
711. Please don’t take offense.I only wanted to tell you what I think.
712. In my opinion,the house isn’t worth the price they’re asking.
713. My feeling is that you ought to stay home tonight.
714. It’s none of my business,but I think you ought to work harder.
715. In general,my reaction is favorable.
716. If you don’t take my advice,you’ll be sorry.
717. I’ve always tried not to interfere in your affairs.
718. I’m old enough to make up my own mind.
719. Thanks for the advice,but this is something I have to figure out myself.
720. He won’t pay attention to anybody.You’re just wasting your breath.
[9] Asking favors of other people 请别人帮忙
721. Would you please hold the door open for me?
722. You’re very kind to take the trouble to help me.
723. I wish I could repay you somehow for your kindness.
724. I’m afraid it was a bother for you to do this.
725. It wasn’t any bother.I was glad to do it.
726. There’s just one last favor I need to ask of you.
727. I’d be happy to help you in any way I can.
728. Would you mind giving me a push?My car has stalled.
729. Would you be so kind as to open this window for me? It’s stuck.
730. If there’s anything else I can do,please let me know.
731. This is the last time I’ll ever ask you to do anything for me.
732. I certainly didn’t intend to cause you so much inconvenience.
733. He’ll always be indebted to you for what you’ve done.
734. Could you lend me ten dollars?I left my wallet at home.
735. I’d appreciate it if you would turn out the lights.I’m sleepy.
[10] Making preparations to travel 做旅行准备
736. I didn’t realize the time had passed so quickly.
737. I’ve got a lot of things to do before I can leave,.
738. For one thing,I’ve got to drop by the bank to get some money.
739. It’ll take almost all my savings to buy the ticket.
740. Oh,I just remembered something!I have to apply for a passport.
741. I almost forgot to have the phone disconnected.
742. It’s a good thing you reminded me to take my heavy coat.
743. I never would have thought of it if you hadn’t mentioned it.
744. I’ll see you off at the airport.
745. They’re calling your flight now.You barely have time to make it.
746. You’d better run or you’re going to be left behind.
747. Don’t forget to cable to let us know you arrived safely.
748. I’m sure I’ve forgotten something ,but it’s too late now.
749. Do you have anything to declare for customs?
750. You don’t have to pay any duty on personal belongings.
================================================
Book 6 第六册
[1] Countries and nationalities 国家与国籍
751. What’s your nationality?Are you American?
752. What part of the world do you come from?
753. I’m an American by birth.
754. I was born in Spain,but I’m a citizen of France.
755. Do you know what the population of Japan is?
756. What’s the area of the Congo in square miles?
757. Who is the governor of this state?
758. According to the latest census,our population has increased.
759. Politically,the country is divided into fifty states.
760. The industrial area is centered largely in the north.
761. The country is rich in natural resources.It has mineral deposits.
762. This nation is noted for its economic stability.
763. How old do you have to be to vote in the national elections?
764. Today we celebrate our day of independence.It’s a national holiday.
765. My home is in the capital.It’s a cosmopolitan city.
[2] Geography and land features 地理与地貌
766. Geographically,this country is located in the southern hemisphere.
767. It’s a beautiful country with many large lakes.
768. This part of the country is very mountainous.
769. The land in this region is dry and parched.
770. Along the northern coast there are many high cliffs.
771. There are forests here,and lumbering is important.
772. The scenery is beautiful near the Pacific Ocean.
773. This mountain range has many high peaks and deep canyons.
774. what kind of climate do you haved?Is it mild?
775. How far is it from the shore of the Atlantic to the mountains?
776. Is the coastal plain good for farming?
777. What’s the longest river in the United States?
778. Are most of the lakes located in the north central region?
779. As you travel westward,does the land get higher?
780. The weather is warm and sunny here.Do you get much rain?
[3] Schools and education 学校和教育
781. Children enter school at the age of five,don’t they?
782. In elementary school,the child learns to read and write.
783. In secondary school, children get more advanced knowledge.
784. In universities,students train to become teachers and engineers.
785. He went to grade school in New york and high school in Cicargo.
786. In college I majored in science.What was your major?
787. My sister graduated from high school.Graduation was last night.
788. I’m a graduate of Yale University.I have a Bachelor of Arts degree.
789. If you expect to enter the university,you should apply now.
790. This is my first year of college . I’m a freshman.
791. My uncle is a high school principal.
792. What kind of grades did you make in college?
793. During your first year of college,did you make straight A’s?
794. My brother is a member of the faculty.He teaches economics.
795. John has extracurricular activities. He’s on the football team.
[4] Work and careers 工作与职业
796. I’m a federal employee. I work for the Department of Labor.
797. What kind of work do you do? Are you a saleman?
798. As soon as I complete my training,I’m going to be a bank teller.
799. John has built up his own business.He owns a hotel.
800. What do you want to be when you grow up?
801. I like painting,but I wouldn’t want it to be my life’s work.
802. Have you ever thought about a career in the medical profession?
803. My uncle was a pilot with the airlines.He just retired.
804. My brother’s in the army.He was just promoted to the rank of major.
805. I have a good-paying job with excellent hours.
806. My sister worked as a secretary before she got married.
807. George’s father is an attorney.He has his own practice.
808. He always takes pride in his work.He’s very efficient.
809. Mr. Smith is a politician.He’s running for election as governor.
810. After a successful career in business,he was appointed ambassador.
[5] Farms and factories 农场与工厂
811. Because of the warm and sunny weather,oranges grow very well here.
812. In this flat country people grow wheat and corn and raise cattle.
813. The ground around here is stony and not very good for farming.
814. What are the principal farm products in this region?
815. Milk,butter,and cheese are shipped here from the dairy farms.
816. They had to cut down a lot of trees to make room for farms.
817. At this time of the year farmers plow their fields.
818. On many farms you’ll find cows and chickens.
819. If you have cows you have to get up early to do the milking.
820. Tractors have revolutionized farming.
821. In the United States ,there are many factories for making cloth.
822. Factories employ both male and female workers.
823. If you work in a factory,you usually have to punch a clock.
824. Is meat packing a big industry in your country?
825. Is it true that manufacturing of automobiles is a major industry?
[6] Hobbies and interests 爱好和兴趣
826. My hobby is collecting stamps.Do you have a hobby?
827. I’ve always thought photography would be an interesting hobby.
828. Some people like horseback riding,but I prefer golfing as a hobby.
829. Do you have any special interests other than your job?
830. Learning foreign languages is just an avocation with me.
831. I find stamp collecting relaxing and it takes my mind off my work.
832. On weekends I like to get my mind off my work by reading good books.
833. My cousin is a member of a drama club . He seems to enjoy acting.
834. He plays the piano for his own enjoyment.
835. I’ve gotten interested in hi-fi.I’m building my own equipment.
836. He’s not a professional.He plays the piano for the fun of it.
837. I’ve heard of unusual hobbies,but I’ve never heard of that one.
838. The trouble with photography is that it’s an expensive hobby.
839. That’s rare set of coins.How long did it take you to collect them?
840. I started a new hobby.I got tired of working in the garden.
[7] Recreation and sports 文体活动
841. Baseball is my favorite sport.What’s your favorite?
842. My nephew is a baseball player.He is a catcher.
843. When you played football,what position did you play?
844. We played a game last night . The score was tired six-to-six.
845. I went to a boxing match last night.It was a good fight.
846. When I was on the track team,I used to run the quarter mile.
847. I like fishing and hunting,but I don’t like swimming.
848. My favorite winter sport is skiing.I belong to a ski club.
849. Would you be interested in going to the horse races this afternoon?
850. The hardest thing to learn is to be a good loser.
851. Be a good sport. Play according to the rules of the game.
852. Our family went camping last summer.We had to buy a new tent.
853. This afternoon we went to the gym for a workout.We lifted weights.
854. What do you do for recreation?Do you have a hobby?
855. My muscles are sore from playing baseball.
[8] Newspapers and magazines 报章杂志
856. I sent in a subscription to that magazine.It’s put out every week.
857. If you subscribe to the newspaper,it’ll be delivered to your door.
858. I didn’t read the whole paper.I just glanced at the headlines.
859. The first chapter of the story is in this issue of the magazine.
860. I haven’t seen the latest issue of the magazine.Is it out yet?
861. What’s the total circulation of this newspaper?
862. I’m looking for the classified section.Have you seen it?
863. My brother-in-law is a reporter on The New York Times staff.
864. There was an article in today’s paper about the election.
865. There wasn’t much news in the paper today.
866. How long have you been taking this magazine?
867. Did you read the article about the rescue of the two fishermen?
868. Why don’t you put an advertisement in the paper to sell your car?
869. I got four replies to my ad about the bicycle for sale.
870. My son has a newpaper route.He delivers the morning paper.
[9] Radio and telephone 收音机和电视机
871. What channel did you watch on television last night?
872. I don’t get a good picture on my TV set.There’s something wrong.
873. You get good reception on your radio.
874. Please turn the radio up.It’s too low.
875. What’s on following the news and weather?Do you have a TV guide?
876. You ought to have Bill look at your TV.Maybe he could fix it.
877. We met one of the engineers over at the television station.
878. Where can I plug in the TV?Is this outlet all right?
879. I couldn’t hear the program because there was too much static.
880. Your car radio works very well.What kind is it?
881. The next time I buy a TV set ,I’m going to buy a portable model.
882. I wouder if this is a local broadcast.
883. You’d get better TV reception if you had an outside antenna.
884. Most amateur radio operators build their own equipment.
885. Station WRC is off the air now.They signed off two hours ago.
[10] Music and literature 音乐与文学
886. What’s your favorite kind of music?Do you like jazz?
887. He’s a composer of serious music.I like his music a lot.
888. We went to a concert last night to hear the symphony orchestra.
889. My brother took lessons on the trumpet for nearly ten years.
890. You play the piano beautifully.How much do you practice every day?
891. I’ve never heard that piece before.Who wrote it?
892. Have you ever thought about becoming a professional musician?
893. Who is the author of this novel?
894. I’ve never read a more stirring story.
895. Who would you name as the greatest poet of our time?
896. This poetry is realistic.l don’t care for it very much.
897. Many great writers were not appreciated fully while they were alive.
898. This is a poem about frontier life in the United States.
899. This writer uses vivid descriptions in his writings.
900. How much do you know about the works of Henry Wadsworth Longfellow?
（英音版）
目录
Book 1 第一册
[1] Greetings 问候语
[2] Classroom expressions 课堂用语
[3] Identifying objects 辨别物品
[4] Identifying objects.辨别物品
[5] Identifying people by occupation 辨别身份
[6] Introductions and courtesies 介绍和礼节
[7] Days and months of the calenday 年历的周日和月份
[8] Talking about objects 谈论事物
[9] Telling time 述说时间
[10] Talking about dates 谈论日期
Book 2 第二册
[1] Talking about objects and people 谈论物品和人
[2] Talking about languages 谈论语言
[3] Talking about activities 谈论活动
[4] Asking about age 询问年龄
[5] Talking about daily activities 谈论日常活动
[6] Talking about yesterday’s activities 谈论昨天的活动
[7] Meeting a friend 访友
[8] Talking about last year’s activities 谈论去年的活动
[9] Asking about addresses 询问地址
[10] Asking questions 提问题
Book 3 第三册
[1] Describing objects 形容物品
[2] Asking people to do things. 请人办事
[3] Getting information and directions 打听情况和问路
[4] Talking about family and relatives 谈论家庭和亲属
[5] Talking about neighbors and friends 谈论邻居和朋友
[6] Talking about future activities. 谈论未来的活动。
[7] Talking about the weather 谈论天气
[8] Talking about sickness and health 谈论疾病和健康
[9] Talking about daily habits 谈论日常生活习惯
[10] Getting other people’s opinions and ideas 征求别人的意见和想法
Book 4 第四册
[1] Making plans 订计划
[2] Making decisions 作决定
[3] Going places 旅游
[4] Going shopping 购物
[5] Eating in a restaurant 餐馆进膳
[6] Going out for the evening 参加晚会
[7] Making appointments 约会
[8] Visiting the doctor 看病
[9] Making telephone calls 打电话
[10] Writing letters 写信
Book 5 第五册
[1] Telling about past experiences 叙谈体验
[2] Asking about furniture and places to live 寻找家具和住房
[3] Talking about things to wear 谈论衣着
[4] Discussing different points of view 讨论不同观点
[5] Thinking about possible future activities. 考虑将来可能从事的活动
[6] Talking about past possibilities 谈论过去可能发生的事
[7] Asking about likes and dislikes 询问喜欢和不喜欢做的事。
[8] Giving advice and opinions 劝说并提出意见
[9] Asking favors of other people 请别人帮忙
[10] Making preparations to travel 做旅行准备
Book 6 第六册
[1] Countries and nationalities 国家与国籍
[2] Geography and land features 地理与地貌
[3] Schools and education 学校和教育
[4] Work and careers 工作与职业
[5] Farms and factories 农场与工厂
[6] Hobbies and interests 爱好和兴趣
[7] Recreation and sports 文体活动
[8] Newspapers and magazines 报章杂志
[9] Radio and telephone 收音机和电视机
[10] Music and literature 音乐与文学
课 文
Book 1 第一册
[1] Greetings 问候语
1. Hello.你好！
2. Good morning.早晨好！
3. I’m John Smith.我是约翰、史密斯。
4. Are you Bill Jones?你是比尔、琼斯吗？
5. Yes,I am.是的，我是。
6. How are you?你好吗？
7. Fine,thanks.很好，谢谢。
8. How is Helen?海伦好吗？
9. She’s very well,thank you. 她很好，谢谢您。
10. Good afternoon,Mr. Green.午安，格林先生。
11. Good evening,Mrs. Brown.晚上好，布朗夫人。
12. How are you this evening?今晚上您好吗？
13. Good night,John.晚安，约翰。
14. Good-bye,Bill.再见，比尔。
15. See you tomorrow.明天见。
[2] Classroom expressions 课堂用语
16. Come in,please. 请进！
17. Sit down. 坐下！
18. Stand up,please. 请站起来。
19. Open your book,please. 请把书打开。
20. Close your book,please. 请把书合上。
21. Don’t open your book. 别打开书。
22. Do you understand?你明白了吗？
23. Yes,I understand. 是的，我明白了。
24. No,I don’t understand. 不，我不明白。
25. Listen and repeat. 先听，然后再重复一遍。
26. Now read,please. 现在请大家读。
27. That’s fine. 好得很。
28. It’s time to begin. 到开始的时候了。
29. Let’s begin now. 现在让我们开始。
30. This is Lesson One. 这是第一课。
[3] Identifying objects 辨别物品
31. What’s this? 这是什么？
32. That’s a book. 那是一本书。
33. Is this your book? 这是你的书吗？
34. No,that’s not my book. 不，那不是我的书。
35. Whose book is this? 这是谁的书？
36. That’s your book. 那是你的书。
37. And what’s that? 还有那是什么？
38. Is that a book? 那是一本书吗？
39. No,it isn’t. 不，不是。
40. It’s a pencil. 那是一枝铅笔。
41. Is it yours? 它是你的吗？
42. Yes,it’s mine. 是，是我的。
43. Where’s the door? 门在哪儿？
44. There it is. 门在那儿。
45. Is this book his? 这本书是他的吗？
[4] Identifying objects.辨别物品
46. What are these? 这些是什么？
47. Those are books. 那些是书。
48. Where are the books? 那些书在哪儿？
49. There they are. 在那儿。
50. These are my pencils. 这些是我的铅笔。
51. Where are your pens? 你的那些钢笔在哪儿？
52. They’re over there. 在那里。
53. Are these your pens? 这些是你的钢笔吗？
54. Yes,they are. 是我的。
55. Those are mine. 那些是我的。
56. These are your books,aren’t they? 这些书是你的，对不对？
57. No,they aren’t. 不，不是。
58. They’re not mine. 不是我的。
59. These are mine,and those are yours. 这些是我的，而那些是你的。
60. Those aren’t your pens,are they? 那些钢笔不是你的，对吧？
[5] Identifying people by occupation 辨别身份
61. Who are you? 你是谁？
62. I’m a student. 我是学生。
63. Who is that over there? 那边那个人是谁？
64. He’s a student,too. 他也是学生。
65. Is that lady a student? 那位女士是学生吗？
66. No,she isn’t. 不，她不是。
67. Those men aren’t students,either. 那些人也不是学生。
68. Am I your teacher? 我是你们的教员吗？
69. Yes,you are. 是的，你是。
70. That man is a teacher,isn’t he? 那个人是位教员，对不对？
71. Yes,he is. 是的，他是。
72. Who are those people? 那些人是谁？
73. Maybe they’re farmers. 他们可能是农民。
74. Aren’t they students? 他们不是学生吗？
75. I really don’t know. 我真的不知道。
[6] Introductions and courtesies 介绍和礼节
76. What’s your name? 你叫什么名字？
77. My name is Jones. 我姓琼斯。
78. What’s your first name? 你的名字叫什么？
79. My first name is Bill. 我的名字叫比尔。
80. How do you spell your last name? 你的姓怎么拼法？
81. Jones. J-O-N-E-S. 琼斯，J－O－N－E－S。
82. What’s your friend’s name? 你的朋友叫什么名字？
83. His name is John Smith. 他叫约翰、史密斯。
84. John and I are old friends. 我和约翰是老朋友了。
85. Are you John’s brother? 你是约翰的兄弟吗？
86. No, I’m not. 不，我不是。
87. This is Mr. Jones. 这是琼斯先生。
88. How do you do? 你好！
89. Mrs.Jones,this is Mr. John Smith. 琼斯夫人，这是约翰、史密斯先生。
90. Very please to meet you. 见到您很高兴。
[7] Days and months of the calenday 年历的周日和月份
91. What day is today? 今天是星期几？
92. Today is Monday. 今天是星期一。
93. What day was yesterday? 昨天是星期几？
94. Yesterday was Sunday. 昨天是星期日。
95. What day is tomorrow? 明天是星期几？
96. What month is this? 现在是几月份？
97. This is January. 现在是一月份。
98. Last month was December,wasn’t it ? 上个月是十二月，对不对？
99. Yes,it was. 是，是十二月份。
100. What month is next month? 下个月是几月份？
101. I was in the hospital for several weeks. 我在医院里住了几个星期了。
102. Where were you on Tuesday? 星期二你在哪里？
103. You were here in February,weren’t you? 二月份你曾在这里，对不对？
104. No,I wasn’t . 不，我没有在这里。
105. Your friend was here a week ago,wasn’t he? 一个星期前，你的朋友曾在这里，是不是？
[8] Talking about objects 谈论事物
106. Do you have a book? 你有一本书吗？
107. Yes,I do. 是的，我有。
108. You have a radio,don’t you? 你有一台收音机，对吗？
109. No,I don’t . 不，我没有。
110. I don’t have a phonograph,either. 我也没有留声机。
111. Dees this radio belong to you? 这台收音机是你的吗？
112. Yes,I think it does. 是的，我认为它是我的。
113. How many sisters and brothers do you have? 你有几个姊妹和兄弟？
114. Don’t you have my hat? 你没拿我的帽子吧？
115. Yes,I have both your hat and your coat. 不，你的帽子和大衣都在我这里。
116. Does John have a yellow pencil? 约翰有一支黄铅笔吗？
117. Yes,he does. 是的，他有。
118. He has a radio,doesn’t he? 他有一台收音机，对不对？
119. No,he doesn’t have one. 不，他没有。
120. He already has a phonograph,but he doesn’t have a radio yet. 他已经有一架留声机，但是他还没有收音机。
[9] Telling time 述说时间
121. What time is it? 几点钟了？
122. It’s two o’clock. 两点钟。
123. It’s a few minutes after two. 两点过几分。
124. My watch is fast and your watch Is slow. 我的表快，而你的表慢。
125. Excuse me.Can you tell me the correct time? 对不起，你能告诉我一下准确的时间吗？
126. No,I can’t . 不，我不能。
127. I don’t know what time it is. 我不知道现在几点钟。
128. I don’t think it’s four o’clock yet. 我认为现在还不到四点。
129. It must be about three thirty. 现在想必是三点三十分左右。
130. I get up before six o’clock every day. 每天我六点前起床。
131. The restaurant doesn’t open until seven forty-five. 饭馆要到七点四十五分才开门。
132. Will you be here at ten o’clock tomorrow? 请你明天十点到这里，行吗？
133. Yes,I will. 行。
134. We’ll be on time,won’t we? 我们将按时到，是吗？?nbsp;
135. I hope so. 我希望如此。
[10] Talking about dates 谈论日期
136. What’s the date today? 今天是几号？
137. Today is November first,nineteen sixty-three. 今天是一九六三年十一月一号。
138. When were you born? 你是什么时候出生的？
139. I was born on November first,nineteen thirty-five. 我是一九迦晔辉乱蝗粘錾摹?nbsp;
140. Today is my birthday. 今天是我的生日。
141. My sister was born in nineteen thirty-eight. 我的妹妹是一九三八年出生的。
142. I don’t know the exact date. 我不知道确切的日子。
143. Where were you born? 你出生在什么地方？
144. I was born in a little town not far from here. 我出生在离这儿不远的小城市里。
145. What do you know about the tenth century? 有关十世纪的事你知道些什么？
146. I don’t know anything about that. 关于那个我什么都不知道。
147. Let’s talk about something else. 让我们谈点别的什么吧。
148. Where were you during the month of April last year? 去年四月份你在哪里？
149. I don’t remember where I was then. 我不记得那时我在哪里。
150. Where will you be nest year at this time? 明年这个时候你将在哪里？
===================================================
Book 2 第二册
[1] Talking about objects and people 谈论物品和人
151. What do you want?
152. I want a cup of coffee.
153. What would you like to eat?
154. Please give me a piece of pie.
155. Which one would you like--this one or that one?
156. It doesn’t matter to me.
157. I’d like to talk with Mr. Johns or Mr. Smith.
158. I’m sorry,but both of them are busy right now.
159. Wouldn’t you like some coffee?
160. I’d rather have some tea,if you don’t mind.
161. Do you know any of those people?
162. Two or three of them look familiar.
163. All of those men are friends of mine.
164. Which one of those men is Mr. Taylor?
165. Is he the tall man on the left?
[2] Talking about languages 谈论语言
166. Do you speak English?
167. Yes, a little.
168. Does your friend speak English?
169. Yes, he speaks English perfectly.
170. what’s his native language?
171. I don’t know what his native language is.
172. How many languages do you speak?
173. My friend reads and writes several languages.
174. How well do you know French?
175. He speaks French with an American accent.
176. My parents speak English perfectly.
177. Mr. Jones can read French pretty well.
178. Sometimes I make mistakes when I speak English.
179. I have a lot of trouble with pronunciation.
180. How is her accent in French?
[3] Talking about activities 谈论活动
181. What are you doing?
182. I’m reading a book.
183. What’s your friend doing?
184. He’s studying his lesson.
185. I’m not doing anything right now.
186. Where are you going?
187. I’m going home.
188. What time are you coming back?
189. I’m not sure what time I’m coming back.
190. What are you thinking about?
191. I’m thinking about my lesson.
192. Who are you writing to?
193. I’m writing to a friend of mine in South American.
194. By the way,who are you waiting for?
195. I’m not waiting for anybody.
[4] Asking about age 询问年龄
196. How old are you?
197. I’m twenty-one years old.
198. My brother is not quite twenty-five.
199. John is not forty-five yet,is he?
200. Mr. Smith is still in his fifties.
201. I’m two years older than you are.
202. My brother is two years younger than I am.
203. How many are there in your family?
204. There are seven of us altogether.
205. My sister is the oldest.
206. I’m the youngest.
207. Guess how old I am.
208. I’d say yor’re about twenty-three.
209. I was thirty on my last birthday.
210. I’m going to be sixty-one next Tuesday.
[5] Talking about daily activities 谈论日常活动
211. What time do you get up every day?
212. I usually wake up early.
213. I get up at 6 o’clock every day.
214. My brother gets up later than I do.
215. After I get dressed,I have breakfast.
216. Usually,I have a big breakfast.
217. I have juice,cereal,toast and coffee for breakfast.
218. I leave the house at eight a.m. each day.
219. I get to work at nine o’clock every morning.
220. I work hard all morning.
221. I go out for lunch at about 12:30.
222. I finish working at 5:45 p.m.
223. I eat dinner at about 7 o’clock.
224. Before I eat dinner,I read the newspaper for a while.
225. I usually go to bed at about midnight.
[6] Talking about yesterday’s activities 谈论昨天的活动
226. What time did you get up yesterday morning?
227. I woke up early and got up at 6 o’clock.
228. My brother got up earlier than I did.
229. Did you get dressed right away?
230. Yes, I got dressed and had breakfast.
231. What kind of breakfast did you have?
232. What time did you get to work yesterday morning?
233. I left the house at 8 o’clock and got to work at 8:30.
234. Did you work all day?
235. Yes, I worked from early morning until late at night.
236. At noon I had lunch with a friend of mine.
237. I finished working at 5:30 and went home.
238. After dinner I read a magazine and made some telephone calls.
239. I went to bed at 11:30 p.m.
240. I went to sleep immediately and slept soundly all night.
[7] Meeting a friend 访友
241. Where did you go yesterday?
242. I went to see a friend of mine.
243. Did you see Mr. Jones yesterday?
244. I didn’t see Mr. Jones,but I saw John Smith.
245. What did you talk about?
246. We talked about a lot of things.
247. I asked him a lot of questions.
248. What did you ask him?
249. I asked him if he spoke English.
250. He said he spoke a little English.
251. Then I asked him if he knew anybody in New York .
252. He said he knew a lot of people there.
253. Finally,I asked him how old he was.
254. He said he would rather not tell his age.
255. He answered almost all of my questions.
[8] Talking about last year’s activities 谈论去年的活动
256. What time did you use to get up last year?
257. I used to wake up early and get up at 7 o’clock.
258. I used to set my alarm clock for exactly 7 a.m.
259. I never used to oversleep.
260. I used to get dressed quickly every morning.
261. I always used to leave for work at 8:30.
262. I used to start working at 9:00 o’clock every day.
263. I used to have lunch every day at the same time.
264. I used to work until nearly 6:00 o’clock each day.
265. I used to have dinner at 7:30 and go to bed early.
266. My brother and I used to go a lot of places together.
267. We used to go to the movies about once a week.
268. We used to have a lot of interesting friends.
269. My brother used to speak French to me all the time.
270. I always used to ask him a lot of questions.
[9] Asking about addresses 询问地址
271. Where do you live?
272. I live on Washington Street.
273. What’s your address?
274. I live at 1203 Washington Street.
275. I’m Mr. Smith’s next door neighbor.
276. You live here in the city,don’t you?
277. I’m from out of town.
278. How long have you lived here?
279. I’ve lived here for five years.
280. He’s known me for over ten years.
281. I’ve spoken English all my life.
282. I’ve already read that book.
283. Has he studied French very long?
284. Have you had breakfast already?
285. Yes,I had breakfast two hours ago.
[10] Asking questions 提问题
286. Where were you yesterday afternoon?
287. I was at home all afternoon.
288. I was writing some letters to friends of mine.
289. What were you doing at about 4 o’clock yesterday afternoon?
290. I was listening to the radio.
291. What were you doing when I called you on the telephone?
292. When you called me, I was eating dinner.
293. When I saw Mr. Jones,he was talking with John Smith.
294. While you were writing letters,I was reading a book.
295. While we were having breakfast,John was talking on the telephone.
296. Can you guess what I was doing this morning?
297. I can’t remember what John was doing yesterday afternoon.
298. I’ve forgotten what he said his address was.
299. I’ve forgotten what time he said he had dinner last night.
300. They called us just as we were having dinner.
===================================================
Book 3 第三册
[1] Describing objects 形容物品
301. What color is your book?
302. My book has a dark blue cover.
303. How much does that typewriter weigh?
304. It’s not too heavy,but I don’t know the exact weight.
305. This round table weighs about forty-five pounds.
306. What size suitcase do you own?
307. One of my suitcases is small,and the other one is medium size.
308. I like the shape of that table.
309. How long is Jones Boulevard?
310. That street is only two miles long.
311. Will you please measure this window to see how wide it is?
312. This window is just as wide as that one.
313. The walls are three inches thick.
314. This material feels soft.
315. This pencil is longer than that one.
[2] Asking people to do things. 请人办事
316. Would you please tell Mr. Cooper that I’m here.
317. Take these books home with you tonight.
318. Please bring me those magazines
319. Would you help me lift this heavy box?
320. Please ask John to turn on the lights.
321. Put your books down on the table.
322. Get me a hammer from the kitchen,will you?
323. Hang up my coat in the closet ,will you please?
324. Please don’t bother me now.I’m very busy.
325. Would you mind mailing this letter for me?
326. If you have time,will you call me tomorrow?
327. Please pick up those cups and saucers./
328. Will you do me a favor?
329. Please count the chairs in that room.
330. Please pour this milk into that glass.
[3] Getting information and directions 打听情况和问路
331. Excuse me,sir.Can you give me some information?
332. Can you tell me where Peach Street is?
333. It’s two blocks straight ahead.
334. which direction is it to the theatre?
335. Turn right at the next corner?
336. How far is it to the university?
337. It’s a long way from here.
338. The school is just around the corner.
339. The restaurant is across the street from the hotel.
340. You can’t miss it.
341. Do you happen to know Mr. Cooper’s telephone number?
342. Could you tell me where the nearest telephone is?
343. Should I go this way,or that way?
344. Go that way for two blocks,then turn left.
345. I beg your pardon.Is this seat taken?
[4] Talking about family and relatives 谈论家庭和亲属
346. Are you married?
347. No,I’m not married.I’m still single.
348. Your niece is engaged,isn’t she?
349. My sister has been engaged for two months.
350. My grandfather got married in 1921.
351. When is grandparents’ wedding anniversary?
352. How long have they been married?
353. They’ve been married for quite a few years.
354. who did George marry?
355. Do they have children?
356. They had a baby last month.
357. My son wants to get married in June.
358. They don’t know when the wedding will be.
359. Their grandchildren are grown up now.
360. She’s a widow.Her husband died last year.
[5] Talking about neighbors and friends 谈论邻居和朋友
361. Where did you grow up?
362. I grew up right here in this neighborhood.
363. My friend spent his childhood in California .
364. He lived in California until he was seventeen.
365. There have been a lot of changes here in the last 20 years.
366. There used to be a grocery store on the corner.
367. All of those houses have been built in the last ten years.
368. They’re building a new house up the street from me.
369. If you buy that home,will you spend the rest of your life there?
370. Are your neighbors vey friendly?
371. We all know each other pretty well.
372. A young married couple moved in next door to us.
373. Who bought that new house down the street from you?
374. An endly man rented the big white house.
375. What beautiful trees those are!
[6] Talking about future activities. 谈论未来的活动。
376. What time are you going to get up tomorrow morning?
377. I’ll probably wake up early and get up at 6:30.
378. What will you do then?
379. After I get dressed,I’ll have breakfast.
380. What will you have for breakfast tomorrow morning?
381. I’ll probably have eggs and toast for breakfast.
382. After breakfast,I’ll get ready ro go to work.
383. I’ll leave the house at 8:00 and get to the office at 8:30.
384. I’ll probably go out for lunch at about 12:30.
385. I’ll finish working at 5:30 and get home by 6 o’clock.
386. Are you going to have dinner at home tomorrow night?
387. Do you think you’ll go to the movies tomorrow night?
388. I’ll probably stay home and watch television.
389. When I get sleepy,I’ll probably get ready for bed.
390. Do you think you’ll be able to go to sleep right away?
[7] Talking about the weather 谈论天气
391. How is the weather today?
392. The weather is nice today.
393. What was the weather like yesterday?
394. Yesterday it rained all day.
395. What will the weather be like tomorrow?
396. It’s going to snow tomorrow.
397. It’s quite cold today.
398. It’s been cloudy all morning.
399. Is it raining now?
400. It’ll probably clear up this afternoon.
401. The days are getting hotter.
402. Today is the first day of spring.
403. What’s the temperature today?
404. It’s about seventy degrees Fahrenheit this afternoon.
405. There’s a cool breeze this evening.
[8] Talking about sickness and health 谈论疾病和健康
406. How are you feeling today?
407. I don’t feel very well this morning.
408. I was sick yesterday,but I’m better today.
409. My fever is gone,but I still have a cough.
410.My brother has a bad headache.
411. Which of your arms is sore?
412. My right arm hurts. It hurts right here.
413. What’s matter with you?
414. I’ve got a pain in my back.
415. Which foot hurts?Is it the left one?
416. How did you break your leg?
417. I slipped on the stairs and fell down.I broke my leg.
418. Your right hand is swollen.Does it hurt?
419. It’s bleeding.You’d better go see a doctor about that cut.
420. I hope you’ll be well soon.
[9] Talking about daily habits 谈论日常生活习惯
421. I get out of bed about 7 o’clock every morning.
422. After getting up,I go into the bathroom and take a shower.
423. Then,I shave,brush my teeth and comb my hair.
424. After brushing my teeth,I put on my clothes.
425. After that,I go downstairs to the kitchen to have breakfast.
426. After eating breakfast,I go back upstairs again.
427. Then,it’s usually time to wake up my little brother.
428. He can’t dress himself yet because he’s too young.
429. I wash his face and hands,and then I dress him.
430. He tries to button his own shirt,but he can’t do it.
431. My little brother takes a bath before he goes to bed at night.
432. He always forgets to wash behind his ears.
433. I’m always tired when I come home from work.
434. At bedtime, I take off my clothes and put on my pajamas.
435. I get into bed at about 11:30 and go right off to sleep.
[10] Getting other people’s opinions and ideas 征求别人的意见和想法
436. What do you think?Is that right?
437. Cetainly.You’re absolutely right about that.
438. I think you’re mistaken about that.
439. I like hot weather best.
440. Personally,I prefer winter weather.
441. Do you think it’s going to rain tomorrow?
442. I don’t know whether it will rain or not.
443. In my opinion,that’s an excellent idea.
444. why Mr. Cooper so tired?Do you have any idea?
445. He’s tired because he worked hard all day today.
446. What do you think of my children?
447. I think you have very attractive children.
448. Please give me your frank opinion.
449. Do you really want to know what I think?
450. Of course I want to know what your opinion is.
===================================================
Book 4 第四册
[1] Making plans 订计划
451. What do you plan to do tomorrow?
452. I doubt that I’ll do anything tomorrow.
453. Please excuse me for a little while.I want to do something.
454. I imagine I’ll do some work instead of going to the movies.
455. Will it be convenient for you to explain your plans to him?
456. There’s nothing to do because tomorrow is a holliday.
457. What’s your brother planning to do tomorrow?
458. He can’t decide what to do.
459. It’s difficult to make a decision whithout knowing all the facts.
460. We’re trying to plan our future.
461. That’s a good idea.
462. I’m hoping to spend a few days in the mountains.
463. Would you consider going north this summer?
464. If there’s a chance you’ll go ,I’d like to go with you.
465. After you think it over,please let me know what you decide.
[2] Making decisions 作决定
466. I’m anxious to know what your decision is.
467. I’m confident you’ve made the right choice.
468. I want to persuade you to change your mind.
469. Will you accept my advice?
470. What have you decided?
471. I’ve definitely decided to go to California.
472. He didn’t want to say anything to influence my decision.
473. She refuses to make up her mind.
474. I assume you’ve decided against buying a new car.
475. It took him a long time to make up his mind.
476. You can go whenever you wish.
477. We’re willing to accept your plan.
478. He knows it’s inconvenient ,but he wants to go anyway.
479. According to Mr. Green,this is a complicated problem.
480. She insists that it doesn’t make any difference to her.
[3] Going places 旅游
481. Are you going to go anyplace this year?
482. If I have enough money,I’m going to take a trip abroad.
483. How are you going?Are you going by boat?
484. It’s faster to go by plane than by boat.
485. What’s the quickest way to get there?
486. Altogether it will take ten days to make the trip.
487. I hope you have a good time on your trip.
488. I’m leaving tomorrow,but I haven’t packed my suitcases yet.
489. I’m going by air.I like flying.
490. My brother took a trip to Mexico.
491. It was a six-hour flight.
492. How many passengers were on the train?
493. His friend was injured in an airplane crash.
494. Would you like to go for a walk?
495. Let’s go out to the airport. The plane landed ten minutes ago.
[4] Going shopping 购物
496. I’m going shopping because I need to buy some clothes.
497. If this shirt doesn’t fit,may I bring it back later?
498. What size shoes do you wear?
499. That suit looks very good on you.
500. This dress is made of silk,isn’t it?
501. I’d like to try on this sweater.
502. I’m interested in buying a new car.
503. What’s the price of that electric iron?
504. How much is this rug?
505. Is this toothpaste on sale today?
506. That’s a beautiful leather wallet,but it costs too much.
507. How much do I owe you?
508. That will be eighteen dollars and seventy-five cents.
509. Do you have change for a twenty-dollar bill?
510. The clerk helped me find what I wanted.
[5] Eating in a restaurant 餐馆进膳
511. What would you like to eat?
512. I’d like a bowl of tamoto soup,please.
513. The waiter seems to be in a hurry to take our order.
514. Which would you rather have--steak or fish?
515. I want my steak well-done.
516. What kinds of vegetables do you have?
517. I’ll have mashed potatoes and green beans.
518. Would you please pass the salt?
519. They serve good food in this restaurant.
520. Are you ready for your dessert now?
521. This knife is dirty.Would you bring me a clean one,please?
522. May I have the check,please?
523. You have your choice of three flavors of ice cream.
524. We have vanilla,chocolate,and strawberry.
525. We invited two guests to dinner,but they didn’t come.
[6] Going out for the evening 参加晚会
526. How long did the movie last?
527. The feature started at 9 o’clock and ended at 11:30.
528. They say the new film is an adventure story.
529. A group of us went out to the theater last night.
530. The new play was good and everybody enjoyed it.
531. By the time we got there,the play had already begun.
532. The usher showed us to our seats.
533. The cast of the play included a famous actor.
534. After the play was over,we all wanted to get something to eat.
535. there was a big crowd and we had difficulty getting a taxi.
536. The restaurant was filled,so we decided to go elsewhere.
537. My brother wants to learn how to dance.
538. We don’t go dancing very often.
539. Which would you rather do--go dancing or go to a play?
540. I’m not accustomed to going out after dark.
[7] Making appointments 约会
541. I’d like to make an appointment to see Mr. Cooper.
542. Would you like to arrange for a personal interview?
543. Your appointment will be next Thursday at 10 o’clock.
544. I can come any day except Thursday.
545. He wants to change his appointment from Monday to Wednesday.
546. She failed to call the office to cancel her appointment.
547. I’m going to call the employment agency for a job.
548. Please fill in this application form.
549. Are you looking for a permanent position?
550. I’m going to call a plumber to come this afternoon.
551. I couldn’t keep the appointment because I was sick.
552. I’m a new employee.I was hired yesterday.
553. Please call before you come,otherwise we might not be home.
554. Let’s make a date to go shopping next Thursday.
555. Will you please lock the door when you leave?
[8] Visiting the doctor 看病
556. I went to see my doctor for a check-up yesterday.
557. The doctor discovered that I’m a little overweight.
558. He gave me a chest X-ray and took my blood pressure.
559. He told me to take these pills every four hours.
560. Do you think the patient can be cured?
561. They operated on him last night.
562. He needed a blood transfusion.
563. My uncle had a heart attack last year.
564. They had to call in a heart specialist.
565. What did the doctor say?
566. The doctor advised me to get plenty of exercise.
567. The doctor said I look pale.
568. If I want to be healthy,I have to stop smoking cigarettes.
569. The physician said smoking is harmful to my health.
570. It’s just a mosquito bite.There’s nothing to worry about.
[9] Making telephone calls 打电话
571. You’re wanted on the telephone.
572. What number should I dial to get the operator?
573. I want to make a long distance call.
574. Pick up the receiver and deposit a coin in the slot.
575. I tried to call Mr. Cooper,but the line was busy.
576. You must have dialed the wrong number.
577. I dialed the right number,but nobody answered.
578. The telephone is ringing,would you answer it,please?
579. Would you like to leave a message?
580. Who is this?I don’t recognize your voice.
581. Would you please tell Mr. Cooper I called?
582. Is this Empire 5-4093?
583. I have to hang up now.
584. Put the receiver closer to your mouth.I can’t hear you.
585. Would you mind calling back sometime tomorrow?
[10] Writing letters 写信
586. How long has it been since you’ve heard from your uncle?
587. When was the last time he wrote you ?
588. I can’t recall how long it’s been.
589. I’m always disappointed when I don’t get any mail.
590. I feel guilty because I haven’t written her lately.
591. What time is the mail delivered on Saturday?
592. The postman always comes at 2 o’clock.
593. I wrote to my uncle last night.I couldn’t put it off any longer.
594. I enclosed some photographs in my letter.
595. I didn’t know whether to send the letter airmail or not.
596. How long does it take for a letter to get to California ?
597. Don’t forget to put stamps on the letter before you mail it.
598. He went to the post office to mail a letter.
599. I dropped the letter in the mailbox on the corner.
600. How did you sign the letter?Did you write, “sincerely yours”?
===================================================
Book 5 第五册
[1] Telling about past experiences 叙谈体验
601. A strange thing happened to me this morning.
602. I was crossing the street and was almost hit by a car.
603. Fortunately,I jumped back in time to avoid being hit.
604. It was a terrible experience,and I won’t forget it.
605. Yesterday was such a beautiful day we decided to go for a drive.
606. We prepared a picnic lunch and drove down by the river.
607. After a while,we found a shady place under some poplar trees.
608. On the way back home,we had a flat tire.
609. It was after dark when we got back,and we were all tired.
610. I wish you would give me a more detailed description of your trip.
611. Speaking of trips,did I ever tell you about the experience I had?
612. We used to have a lot of fun when we were that age.
613. I can’t recall the exact circumstances.
614. I never realized that someday I would be living in New York.
615. We never imagined that John would become a doctor.
[2] Asking about furniture and places to live 寻找家具和住房
616. We’re looking for a house to rent for the summer.
617. Are you trying to find a furnished house?
618. This split-level house is for rent.It’s a bargain.
619. That house is for sale.It has central heating.
620. We have a few kitchen things and a dining room set./
621. This is an interesting floor plan.Please show me the basement.
622. The roof has leaks in it,and the front steps need to be fixed.
623. We’ve got to get a bed and a dresser for the bedroom.
624. Does the back door have a lock on it?
625. They’ve already turned on the electricity.The house is ready.
626. I’m worried about the appearance of the floor.
627. If you want a towel,look in the linen closet.
628. What style furniture do you have ? Is it traditional?
629. We have drapes for the living room,but we need kitchen curtains.
630. The house needs painting.It’s in bad condition.
[3] Talking about things to wear 谈论衣着
631. What do you going to wear today?
632. I’m going to wear my blue suit.Is that all right?
633. I have two suits to send to the cleaners.
634. I have some shirts to send to the laundry.
635. You ought to have that coat cleaned and pressed.
636. I’ve got to get this shirt washed and ironed.
637. All my suits are dirty.I don’t have anything to wear.
638. You’d better wear a light jacket.It’s chilly today.
639. This dress doesn’t fit me anymore.
640. I guess I’ve outgrown this pair of trousers.
641. These shoes are worn-out.They’ve lasted a long time.
642. I can’t fasten this collar button.
643. Why don’t you get dressed now?Put on your work clothes.
644. My brother came in,changed his clothes,and went out again.
645. I didn’t notice you were wearing your new hat.
[4] Discussing different points of view 讨论不同观点
646. You have your point of view,and I have mine.
647. You approach it in a different way than I do.
648. I won’t argue with you,but I think you’re being unfair.
649. That’s a liberal point of view.
650. He seems to have a lot of strange ideas.
651. I don’t see any point in discussing the question any further.
652. What alternatives do I have?
653. Everyone is entitled to his own opinion.
654. There are always two sides to everything.
655. We have opposite views on this.
656. Please forgive me.I didn’t mean to start an argument.
657. I must know your opinion.Do you agree with me?
658. What point are you trying to make?
659. Our views are not so far apart,after all.
660. We should be able to resolve our differences.
[5] Thinking about possible future activities. 考虑将来可能从事的活动
661. If it doesn’t rain tomorrow,I think I’ll go shopping.
662. There’s a possibility we’ll go,but it all depends on the weather.
663. If I have time tomorrow,I think I’ll get a haircut.
664. I hope I remember to ask the barber not to cut my hair too short.
665. My son wants to be a policeman when he grows up.
666. If I get my work finished in time,I’ll leave for New York Monday.
667. Suppose you couldn’t go on the trip.How would you feel?
668. What would you say if I told you I couldn’t go with you?
669. If I buy tha car,I’ll have to borrow some money.
670. If I went with you,I’d have to be back by six o’clock.
671. One of these days,I’d like to take a vacation.
672. As soon as I can,I’m going to change jobs.
673. There’s a chance he won’t be able to be home for Christmas.
674. We may be able to help you in some way.
675. If you were to attend the banquet ,what would you wear?
[6] Talking about past possibilities 谈论过去可能发生的事
676. I would have had a much better holiday if I had stayed at home.
我要是呆在家里的话，假期会好过的多。
677. What have you been doing since I saw you last time?
自从我上次见到你以后你都在干什么？
678. If I had got enough money yesterday, I would have bought that tape.
如果我昨天钱够的话，我就买了那盒磁带了。
679. Looking back on it, I think I shouldn't have given up the contest so easily.
回过头来看，我想我不应该如此轻易的放弃那次比赛。
680. Had I taken a taxi, I wouldn't have been late. 如果我打的去的话就不会迟到了。
681. Even if you take the exam again, you won't pass it.
就算再考一次你也通不过。
682. Even if you had given him much more money, he might not have paid off the debt.
就算你给了他更多的钱，他也还不清债务。
683. What would you have done if you hadn't gone out for a picnic yesterday?
如果你昨天没有出去野餐的话。你会干什么？
684. I wish I had told him the truth. 我真希望我把真相告诉了他。
685. I wish you hadn't cheated me. 我希望你没有欺骗我。
686. If it had been fine, we would have gone to the park.
如果天气好的话，我们就去公园了。
687. Would he have seen you if you hadn't waved to him?
如果你没有朝他挥手，他能看见你吗？
688. You should have studied much harder. 你本应该更努力的学习。
689. I had thought about arguing with the teacher about that, but I didn't have enough courage. 我本想和老师争论那个问题，但我没有足够的勇气。
690. I had thought about living with my grandparents when my parents went abroad last year. 当我的父母去年出国的时候，我本想和我的祖父母住在一起。
[7] Asking about likes and dislikes 询问喜欢和不喜欢做的事。
691. What is it you don’t like about winter weather?
692. I don’t like it when the weather gets real cold.
693. I can’t stand summer weather.
694. The thing I don’t like about driving is all the traffic on the road.
695. He doesn’t like the idea of going to bed early.
696. I like to play tennis,but I’m not a very good player.
697. I don’t like spinach even though I know it’s good for me.
698. I’m afraid you’re being too particular about your food.
699. He always finds fault with everything.
700. She doesn’t like anything I do or say.
701. You have wonderful taste in clothes.
702. What’s your favourite pastime?
703. What did you like best about the movie?
704. I didn’t like the taste of the medicine,but I took it anyway.
705. Why do you dislike the medicine so much?
[8] Giving advice and opinions 劝说并提出意见
706. If you want my advice,I don’t think you should go.
707. I suggest that you tear up the letter and start over again.
708. It’s only a suggestion,and you can do what you please.
709. Let me give you a little fatherly advice.
710. If you don’t like it ,I wish you would say so.
711. Please don’t take offense.I only wanted to tell you what I think.
712. In my opinion,the house isn’t worth the price they’re asking.
713. My feeling is that you ought to stay home tonight.
714. It’s none of my business,but I think you ought to work harder.
715. In general,my reaction is favorable.
716. If you don’t take my advice,you’ll be sorry.
717. I’ve always tried not to interfere in your affairs.
718. I’m old enough to make up my own mind.
719. Thanks for the advice,but this is something I have to figure out myself.
720. He won’t pay attention to anybody.You’re just wasting your breath.
[9] Asking favors of other people 请别人帮忙
721. Would you please hold the door open for me?
722. You’re very kind to take the trouble to help me.
723. I wish I could repay you somehow for your kindness.
724. I’m afraid it was a bother for you to do this.
725. It wasn’t any bother.I was glad to do it.
726. There’s just one last favor I need to ask of you.
727. I’d be happy to help you in any way I can.
728. Would you mind giving me a push?My car has stalled.
729. Would you be so kind as to open this window for me? It’s stuck.
730. If there’s anything else I can do,please let me know.
731. This is the last time I’ll ever ask you to do anything for me.
732. I certainly didn’t intend to cause you so much inconvenience.
733. He’ll always be indebted to you for what you’ve done.
734. Could you lend me ten dollars?I left my wallet at home.
735. I’d appreciate it if you would turn out the lights.I’m sleepy.
[10] Making preparations to travel 做旅行准备
736. I didn’t realize the time had passed so quickly.
737. I’ve got a lot of things to do before I can leave,.
738. For one thing,I’ve got to drop by the bank to get some money.
739. It’ll take almost all my savings to buy the ticket.
740. Oh,I just remembered something!I have to apply for a passport.
741. I almost forgot to have the phone disconnected.
742. It’s a good thing you reminded me to take my heavy coat.
743. I never would have thought of it if you hadn’t mentioned it.
744. I’ll see you off at the airport.
745. They’re calling your flight now.You barely have time to make it.
746. You’d better run or you’re going to be left behind.
747. Don’t forget to cable to let us know you arrived safely.
748. I’m sure I’ve forgotten something ,but it’s too late now.
749. Do you have anything to declare for customs?
750. You don’t have to pay any duty on personal belongings.
================================================
Book 6 第六册
[1] Countries and nationalities 国家与国籍
751. What’s your nationality?Are you American?
752. What part of the world do you come from?
753. I’m an American by birth.
754. I was born in Spain,but I’m a citizen of France.
755. Do you know what the population of Japan is?
756. What’s the area of the Congo in square miles?
757. Who is the governor of this state?
758. According to the latest census,our population has increased.
759. Politically,the country is divided into fifty states.
760. The industrial area is centered largely in the north.
761. The country is rich in natural resources.It has mineral deposits.
762. This nation is noted for its economic stability.
763. How old do you have to be to vote in the national elections?
764. Today we celebrate our day of independence.It’s a national holiday.
765. My home is in the capital.It’s a cosmopolitan city.
[2] Geography and land features 地理与地貌
766. Geographically,this country is located in the southern hemisphere.
767. It’s a beautiful country with many large lakes.
768. This part of the country is very mountainous.
769. The land in this region is dry and parched.
770. Along the northern coast there are many high cliffs.
771. There are forests here,and lumbering is important.
772. The scenery is beautiful near the Pacific Ocean.
773. This mountain range has many high peaks and deep canyons.
774. what kind of climate do you haved?Is it mild?
775. How far is it from the shore of the Atlantic to the mountains?
776. Is the coastal plain good for farming?
777. What’s the longest river in the United States?
778. Are most of the lakes located in the north central region?
779. As you travel westward,does the land get higher?
780. The weather is warm and sunny here.Do you get much rain?
[3] Schools and education 学校和教育
781. Children enter school at the age of five,don’t they?
782. In elementary school,the child learns to read and write.
783. In secondary school, children get more advanced knowledge.
784. In universities,students train to become teachers and engineers.
785. He went to grade school in New york and high school in Cicargo.
786. In college I majored in science.What was your major?
787. My sister graduated from high school.Graduation was last night.
788. I’m a graduate of Yale University.I have a Bachelor of Arts degree.
789. If you expect to enter the university,you should apply now.
790. This is my first year of college . I’m a freshman.
791. My uncle is a high school principal.
792. What kind of grades did you make in college?
793. During your first year of college,did you make straight A’s?
794. My brother is a member of the faculty.He teaches economics.
795. John has extracurricular activities. He’s on the football team.
[4] Work and careers 工作与职业
796. I’m a federal employee. I work for the Department of Labor.
797. What kind of work do you do? Are you a saleman?
798. As soon as I complete my training,I’m going to be a bank teller.
799. John has built up his own business.He owns a hotel.
800. What do you want to be when you grow up?
801. I like painting,but I wouldn’t want it to be my life’s work.
802. Have you ever thought about a career in the medical profession?
803. My uncle was a pilot with the airlines.He just retired.
804. My brother’s in the army.He was just promoted to the rank of major.
805. I have a good-paying job with excellent hours.
806. My sister worked as a secretary before she got married.
807. George’s father is an attorney.He has his own practice.
808. He always takes pride in his work.He’s very efficient.
809. Mr. Smith is a politician.He’s running for election as governor.
810. After a successful career in business,he was appointed ambassador.
[5] Farms and factories 农场与工厂
811. Because of the warm and sunny weather,oranges grow very well here.
812. In this flat country people grow wheat and corn and raise cattle.
813. The ground around here is stony and not very good for farming.
814. What are the principal farm products in this region?
815. Milk,butter,and cheese are shipped here from the dairy farms.
816. They had to cut down a lot of trees to make room for farms.
817. At this time of the year farmers plow their fields.
818. On many farms you’ll find cows and chickens.
819. If you have cows you have to get up early to do the milking.
820. Tractors have revolutionized farming.
821. In the United States ,there are many factories for making cloth.
822. Factories employ both male and female workers.
823. If you work in a factory,you usually have to punch a clock.
824. Is meat packing a big industry in your country?
825. Is it true that manufacturing of automobiles is a major industry?
[6] Hobbies and interests 爱好和兴趣
826. My hobby is collecting stamps.Do you have a hobby?
827. I’ve always thought photography would be an interesting hobby.
828. Some people like horseback riding,but I prefer golfing as a hobby.
829. Do you have any special interests other than your job?
830. Learning foreign languages is just an avocation with me.
831. I find stamp collecting relaxing and it takes my mind off my work.
832. On weekends I like to get my mind off my work by reading good books.
833. My cousin is a member of a drama club . He seems to enjoy acting.
834. He plays the piano for his own enjoyment.
835. I’ve gotten interested in hi-fi.I’m building my own equipment.
836. He’s not a professional.He plays the piano for the fun of it.
837. I’ve heard of unusual hobbies,but I’ve never heard of that one.
838. The trouble with photography is that it’s an expensive hobby.
839. That’s rare set of coins.How long did it take you to collect them?
840. I started a new hobby.I got tired of working in the garden.
[7] Recreation and sports 文体活动
841. Baseball is my favorite sport.What’s your favorite?
842. My nephew is a baseball player.He is a catcher.
843. When you played football,what position did you play?
844. We played a game last night . The score was tired six-to-six.
845. I went to a boxing match last night.It was a good fight.
846. When I was on the track team,I used to run the quarter mile.
847. I like fishing and hunting,but I don’t like swimming.
848. My favorite winter sport is skiing.I belong to a ski club.
849. Would you be interested in going to the horse races this afternoon?
850. The hardest thing to learn is to be a good loser.
851. Be a good sport. Play according to the rules of the game.
852. Our family went camping last summer.We had to buy a new tent.
853. This afternoon we went to the gym for a workout.We lifted weights.
854. What do you do for recreation?Do you have a hobby?
855. My muscles are sore from playing baseball.
[8] Newspapers and magazines 报章杂志
856. I sent in a subscription to that magazine.It’s put out every week.
857. If you subscribe to the newspaper,it’ll be delivered to your door.
858. I didn’t read the whole paper.I just glanced at the headlines.
859. The first chapter of the story is in this issue of the magazine.
860. I haven’t seen the latest issue of the magazine.Is it out yet?
861. What’s the total circulation of this newspaper?
862. I’m looking for the classified section.Have you seen it?
863. My brother-in-law is a reporter on The New York Times staff.
864. There was an article in today’s paper about the election.
865. There wasn’t much news in the paper today.
866. How long have you been taking this magazine?
867. Did you read the article about the rescue of the two fishermen?
868. Why don’t you put an advertisement in the paper to sell your car?
869. I got four replies to my ad about the bicycle for sale.
870. My son has a newpaper route.He delivers the morning paper.
[9] Radio and telephone 收音机和电视机
871. What channel did you watch on television last night?
872. I don’t get a good picture on my TV set.There’s something wrong.
873. You get good reception on your radio.
874. Please turn the radio up.It’s too low.
875. What’s on following the news and weather?Do you have a TV guide?
876. You ought to have Bill look at your TV.Maybe he could fix it.
877. We met one of the engineers over at the television station.
878. Where can I plug in the TV?Is this outlet all right?
879. I couldn’t hear the program because there was too much static.
880. Your car radio works very well.What kind is it?
881. The next time I buy a TV set ,I’m going to buy a portable model.
882. I wouder if this is a local broadcast.
883. You’d get better TV reception if you had an outside antenna.
884. Most amateur radio operators build their own equipment.
885. Station WRC is off the air now.They signed off two hours ago.
[10] Music and literature 音乐与文学
886. What’s your favorite kind of music?Do you like jazz?
887. He’s a composer of serious music.I like his music a lot.
888. We went to a concert last night to hear the symphony orchestra.
889. My brother took lessons on the trumpet for nearly ten years.
890. You play the piano beautifully.How much do you practice every day?
891. I’ve never heard that piece before.Who wrote it?
892. Have you ever thought about becoming a professional musician?
893. Who is the author of this novel?
894. I’ve never read a more stirring story.
895. Who would you name as the greatest poet of our time?
896. This poetry is realistic.l don’t care for it very much.
897. Many great writers were not appreciated fully while they were alive.
898. This is a poem about frontier life in the United States.
899. This writer uses vivid descriptions in his writings.
900. How much do you know about the works of Henry Wadsworth Longfellow?
订阅：
博文 (Atom)
